Red Hat 4 RichFaces Component Reference

PDF
Dokument
Reklama
Component Reference
A reference guide to
the components of the
RichFaces 4 framework
by Brian Leathem (Red Hat), Lukas Fryc (Red Hat), and Sean Rogers (Red Hat)
1. Introduction ................................................................................................................. 1
1.1. Libraries ............................................................................................................. 1
2. Common Ajax attributes ..............................................................................................
2.1. Data processing ..................................................................................................
2.1.1. execute ...................................................................................................
2.1.2. bypassUpdates ........................................................................................
2.2. Rendering ..........................................................................................................
2.2.1. render .....................................................................................................
2.2.2. ajaxRendered ..........................................................................................
2.2.3. limitRender ..............................................................................................
2.3. Queuing and traffic control ..................................................................................
2.3.1. requestDelay ............................................................................................
2.3.2. ignoreDupResponses ...............................................................................
2.4. Events and JavaScript interactions ......................................................................
2.4.1. onbeforesubmit ........................................................................................
2.4.2. onbegin ...................................................................................................
2.4.3. onbeforedomupdate .................................................................................
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
2.4.4. oncomplete .............................................................................................. 7
2.4.5. onerror .................................................................................................... 7
2.4.6. Registering event callbacks with jQuery ..................................................... 7
I. Ajax control components ................................................................................................. 9
3. Actions ............................................................................................................... 11
3.1. &lt;a4j:ajax&gt; ................................................................................................. 11
3.1.1. Basic usage ................................................................................... 11
3.1.2. Reference data .............................................................................. 11
3.2. &lt;a4j:param&gt; ............................................................................................. 11
3.2.1. Basic usage ................................................................................... 12
3.2.2. Interoperability ................................................................................ 12
3.2.3. Passing client-side parameters ........................................................ 13
3.2.4. Reference data .............................................................................. 13
3.3. &lt;a4j:actionListener&gt; .................................................................................. 14
3.4. &lt;a4j:commandButton&gt; ............................................................................... 14
3.4.1. Basic usage ................................................................................... 14
3.4.2. Reference data .............................................................................. 14
3.5. &lt;a4j:commandLink&gt; .................................................................................. 15
3.5.1. Basic usage ................................................................................... 15
3.5.2. Reference data .............................................................................. 15
3.6. &lt;a4j:jsFunction&gt; ........................................................................................ 15
3.6.1. Basic usage ................................................................................... 15
3.6.2. Parameters and JavaScript ............................................................. 16
3.6.3. Reference data .............................................................................. 17
3.7. &lt;a4j:poll&gt; .................................................................................................. 17
3.7.1. Timing options ............................................................................... 17
3.7.2. Reference data .............................................................................. 17
iii
Component Reference
3.8. &lt;a4j:push&gt; ................................................................................................ 17
3.8.1. Setting up Push ............................................................................. 18
iv
3.8.2. Server-side Push methods ..............................................................
3.8.3. Client-side Push methods ...............................................................
3.8.4. Push Topics ...................................................................................
3.8.5. Handling a push message ..............................................................
3.8.6. Handling a push subscription ..........................................................
3.8.7. Using TopicsContext to publish message .........................................
3.8.8. Integrating Push with CDI events ....................................................
3.8.9. Push and JMS integration ...............................................................
3.8.10. Reference data ............................................................................
4. Resources ..........................................................................................................
4.1. &lt;a4j:mediaOutput&gt; ....................................................................................
4.1.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
4.1.2. Handling content ............................................................................
4.1.3. Reference data ..............................................................................
5. Containers .........................................................................................................
19
20
20
20
21
22
22
22
26
27
27
27
27
29
31
5.1. &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; .....................................................................................
5.1.1. Aiding complex Ajax rendering ........................................................
5.1.2. Panel appearance ..........................................................................
5.1.3. Reference data ..............................................................................
5.2. &lt;a4j:region&gt; ..............................................................................................
5.2.1. Reference data ..............................................................................
6. Validation ...........................................................................................................
6.1. &lt;rich:validator&gt; client-side validation ..........................................................
6.1.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
6.1.2. Messages from client-side validators ...............................................
6.1.3. Validation triggers ..........................................................................
6.1.4. Ajax fall-backs ................................................................................
6.1.5. Reference data ..............................................................................
6.2. &lt;rich:graphValidator&gt; object validation .......................................................
6.2.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
6.2.2. Reference data ..............................................................................
7. Processing management ...................................................................................
7.1. &lt;a4j:queue&gt; ..............................................................................................
7.1.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
7.1.2. Delaying requests ..........................................................................
7.1.3. Duplicate responses .......................................................................
7.1.4. Queue scopes ................................................................................
7.1.5. &lt;a4j:queue&gt; client-side events ........................................................
7.1.6. Reference data ..............................................................................
7.1.7. &lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt; .........................................................................
7.2. &lt;a4j:log&gt; ..................................................................................................
7.2.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
31
31
31
31
31
32
33
34
34
34
35
36
36
36
37
38
39
39
39
39
39
39
40
40
40
42
42
7.2.2. Log monitoring ............................................................................... 42
7.2.3. Reference data .............................................................................. 43
7.2.4. Style classes and skin parameters ..................................................
7.3. &lt;a4j:status&gt; ..............................................................................................
7.3.1. Customizing the text .......................................................................
7.3.2. Specifying a region .........................................................................
7.3.3. JavaScript API ...............................................................................
7.3.4. Reference data ..............................................................................
II. User interface components ...........................................................................................
8. Rich inputs ........................................................................................................
8.1. &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt; ..................................................................................
8.1.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
8.1.2. Submission modes .........................................................................
8.1.3. Interactivity options .........................................................................
8.1.4. Customizing the filter in client and lazyClient modes .........................
8.1.5. JavaScript API ...............................................................................
8.1.6. Reference data ..............................................................................
44
45
45
46
47
47
49
51
51
51
52
52
53
53
54
8.1.7. Style classes and skin parameters ..................................................
8.2. &lt;rich:calendar&gt; .........................................................................................
8.2.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
8.2.2. Behavior and appearance ...............................................................
8.2.3. Time of day ...................................................................................
8.2.4. Localization and formatting .............................................................
8.2.5. Using a data model ........................................................................
8.2.6. Client-side customization ................................................................
8.2.7. JavaScript API ...............................................................................
8.2.8. Reference data ..............................................................................
8.2.9. Style classes and skin parameters ..................................................
8.3. &lt;rich:editor&gt; ..............................................................................................
8.3.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
8.3.2. Styling ...........................................................................................
8.3.3. Editor skins ....................................................................................
8.3.4. Advanced configuration ..................................................................
8.3.5. Toolbar customization .....................................................................
8.3.6. Internationalization and localization ..................................................
8.3.7. Client-side event handlers ...............................................................
8.3.8. JavaScript API ...............................................................................
8.3.9. Reference data ..............................................................................
8.3.10. Style classes and skin parameters .................................................
8.4. &lt;rich:fileUpload&gt; .......................................................................................
8.4.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
8.4.2. Upload settings ..............................................................................
8.4.3. Sanitizing file upload input ..............................................................
8.4.4. Interactivity options .........................................................................
54
56
56
56
57
58
58
59
60
61
61
67
67
68
68
69
69
70
70
71
72
72
73
73
73
74
74
v
Component Reference
8.4.5. &lt;rich:fileUpload&gt; client-side events .................................................. 75
8.4.6. Reference data .............................................................................. 75
8.4.7. Style classes and skin parameters ..................................................
8.5. &lt;rich:inplaceInput&gt; ....................................................................................
8.5.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
8.5.2. Interactivity options .........................................................................
8.5.3. JavaScript API ...............................................................................
8.5.4. Reference data ..............................................................................
8.5.5. Style classes and skin parameters ..................................................
8.6. &lt;rich:inplaceSelect&gt; ..................................................................................
8.6.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
8.6.2. Interactivity options .........................................................................
8.6.3. JavaScript API ...............................................................................
8.6.4. Reference data ..............................................................................
8.6.5. Style classes and skin parameters ..................................................
8.7. &lt;rich:inputNumberSlider&gt; ...........................................................................
8.7.1. Basic usage ...................................................................................
75
78
78
78
78
79
79
81
82
82
83
83
84
86
86
8.7.2. Interactivity options ......................................................................... 87
8.7.3. JavaScript API ............................................................................... 87
8.7.4. Reference data .............................................................................. 87
8.7.5. Style classes and skin parameters .................................................. 88
8.8. &lt;rich:inputNumberSpinner&gt; ........................................................................ 90
8.8.1. Basic usage ................................................................................... 90
8.8.2. Interactivity options ......................................................................... 90
8.8.3. JavaScript API ............................................................................... 90
8.8.4. Reference data .............................................................................. 91
8.8.5. Style classes and skin parameters .................................................. 91
8.9. &lt;rich:select&gt; ............................................................................................. 91
8.9.1. Basic usage ................................................................................... 92
8.9.2. Using manual input ........................................................................ 93
8.9.3. Advanced options ........................................................................... 93
8.9.4. JavaScript API ............................................................................... 93
8.9.5. Reference data .............................................................................. 94
8.9.6. Style classes and skin parameters .................................................. 94
8.10. &lt;rich:orderingList&gt; ................................................................................... 95
8.10.1. Basic usage ................................................................................. 96
8.10.2. Column Layout ............................................................................. 96
8.10.3. JavaScript API ............................................................................. 97
8.10.4. Reference data ............................................................................ 97
8.10.5. Style classes and skin parameters ................................................. 98
8.11. &lt;rich:pickList&gt; ......................................................................................... 99
8.11.1. Basic usage ................................................................................. 99
8.11.2. Column Layout ........................................................................... 100
8.11.3. JavaScript API ............................................................................ 101
vi
8.11.4. Reference data ........................................................................... 101
8.11.5. Style classes and skin parameters ............................................... 102
9. Panels ..............................................................................................................
9.1. &lt;rich:panel&gt; ............................................................................................
9.1.1. Basic usage .................................................................................
9.1.2. Adding a header ...........................................................................
9.1.3. Reference data ............................................................................
9.1.4. Style classes and skin parameters .................................................
9.2. &lt;rich:accordion&gt; ......................................................................................
9.2.1. Basic usage .................................................................................
9.2.2. Switching panels ..........................................................................
9.2.3. Appearance ..................................................................................
9.2.4. &lt;rich:accordion&gt; client-side events ................................................
9.2.5. &lt;rich:accordion&gt; server-side events ...............................................
9.2.6. JavaScript API .............................................................................
9.2.7. Reference data ............................................................................
9.2.8. Style classes and skin parameters .................................................
105
105
105
105
106
106
106
107
107
108
108
109
109
109
109
9.2.9. &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; .....................................................................
9.3. &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; ............................................................................
9.3.1. Basic usage .................................................................................
9.3.2. Expanding and collapsing the panel ...............................................
9.3.3. Appearance ..................................................................................
9.3.4. &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; server-side events .....................................
9.3.5. JavaScript API .............................................................................
9.3.6. Reference data ............................................................................
9.3.7. Style classes and skin parameters .................................................
9.3.8. &lt;rich:panelToggleListener&gt; ...........................................................
9.4. &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; ..................................................................................
9.4.1. Basic usage .................................................................................
9.4.2. Showing and hiding the pop-up .....................................................
9.4.3. Modal and non-modal panels ........................................................
9.4.4. Size and positioning .....................................................................
9.4.5. Header and controls .....................................................................
9.4.6. Contents of the pop-up .................................................................
9.4.7. JavaScript API .............................................................................
9.4.8. Reference data ............................................................................
9.4.9. Style classes and skin parameters .................................................
9.5. &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; .......................................................................................
9.5.1. Switching panels ..........................................................................
9.5.2. &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; client-side events ..................................................
9.5.3. &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; server-side events ................................................
9.5.4. JavaScript API .............................................................................
9.5.5. Reference data ............................................................................
9.5.6. Style classes and skin parameters .................................................
111
112
112
112
113
113
113
113
114
115
115
115
115
116
117
117
118
118
119
119
120
121
121
122
122
122
122
vii
Component Reference
9.5.7. &lt;rich:tab&gt; ..................................................................................... 124
9.6. &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; ................................................................................... 125
viii
9.6.1. Basic usage .................................................................................
9.6.2. Dynamic panel item generation .....................................................
9.6.3. Toggling between components ......................................................
9.6.4. JavaScript API .............................................................................
9.6.5. Reference data ............................................................................
9.6.6. &lt;rich:itemChangeListener&gt; ............................................................
9.6.7. &lt;rich:toggleControl&gt; ......................................................................
9.6.8. &lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt; .................................................................
10. Tables and grids ............................................................................................
10.1. &lt;a4j:repeat&gt; ..........................................................................................
10.1.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
10.1.2. Limited views and partial updates ................................................
10.1.3. Reference data ...........................................................................
10.2. &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; ...................................................................................
10.2.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
125
126
126
127
127
127
128
130
131
131
131
131
132
133
133
10.2.2. Customizing the table .................................................................
10.2.3. Partial updates ...........................................................................
10.2.4. JavaScript API ............................................................................
10.2.5. Reference data ...........................................................................
10.2.6. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
10.3. &lt;rich:column&gt; ........................................................................................
10.3.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
10.3.2. Spanning columns ......................................................................
10.3.3. Spanning rows ...........................................................................
10.3.4. Reference data ...........................................................................
10.4. &lt;rich:columnGroup&gt; ..............................................................................
10.4.1. Complex headers .......................................................................
10.4.2. Reference data ...........................................................................
10.5. &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; .....................................................................
10.5.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
10.5.2. Expanding and collapsing the sub-table .......................................
10.5.3. Reference data ...........................................................................
10.5.4. Style classes ..............................................................................
10.5.5. &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt; ...............................................
10.6. &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; .....................................................................
10.6.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
10.6.2. Table appearance .......................................................................
10.6.3. Extended features ......................................................................
10.6.4. JavaScript API ............................................................................
10.6.5. Reference data ...........................................................................
10.6.6. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
10.7. &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt; ......................................................................................
133
134
135
136
136
138
139
139
140
142
142
142
143
143
144
146
146
147
149
150
151
151
151
160
161
161
163
10.7.1. Basic usage ............................................................................... 164
10.7.2. Customizing the grid ................................................................... 164
10.7.3. Partial updates ...........................................................................
10.7.4. Reference data ...........................................................................
10.7.5. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
10.8. &lt;rich:list&gt; ..............................................................................................
10.8.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
10.8.2. Type of list .................................................................................
10.8.3. Bullet and numeration appearance ...............................................
10.8.4. Customizing the list ....................................................................
10.8.5. Reference data ...........................................................................
10.8.6. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
10.9. &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; .................................................................................
10.9.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
10.9.2. Appearance and interactivity ........................................................
10.9.3. JavaScript API ............................................................................
10.9.4. Reference data ...........................................................................
165
165
166
167
167
168
169
169
170
171
171
172
172
173
173
10.9.5. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
10.10. Table filtering ......................................................................................
10.10.1. Filter Definition .........................................................................
10.10.2. Built-in filter controls .................................................................
10.10.3. External filter controls ...............................................................
10.11. Table sorting .......................................................................................
10.11.1. Comparator Definition ...............................................................
10.11.2. Built-in sort controls ..................................................................
10.11.3. External sort controls ................................................................
11. Trees ..............................................................................................................
11.1. &lt;rich:tree&gt; ............................................................................................
11.1.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
11.1.2. Appearance ................................................................................
11.1.3. Expanding and collapsing tree nodes ...........................................
11.1.4. Selecting tree nodes ...................................................................
11.1.5. Identifying nodes with the rowKeyConverter attribute .....................
11.1.6. Event handling ...........................................................................
11.1.7. Reference data ...........................................................................
11.1.8. Style classes ..............................................................................
11.1.9. &lt;rich:treeSelectionChangeListener&gt; .............................................
11.1.10. &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; ........................................................................
11.2. Tree adaptors .......................................................................................
11.2.1. &lt;rich:treeModelAdaptor&gt; .............................................................
11.2.2. &lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt; ...............................................
12. Menus and toolbars .......................................................................................
12.1. &lt;rich:dropDownMenu&gt; ...........................................................................
12.1.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
173
175
175
175
176
177
178
178
179
181
181
181
183
186
187
187
187
187
188
188
188
191
191
192
197
197
197
ix
Component Reference
12.1.2. Menu content ............................................................................. 197
12.1.3. Appearance ................................................................................ 197
x
12.1.4. Expanding and collapsing the menu .............................................
12.1.5. Reference data ...........................................................................
12.1.6. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
12.2. &lt;rich:contextMenu&gt; ...............................................................................
12.2.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
12.2.2. Appearance ................................................................................
12.2.3. Expanding and collapsing the menu .............................................
12.2.4. Text substitutions ........................................................................
12.2.5. Reference data ...........................................................................
12.2.6. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
12.3. Menu sub-components ..........................................................................
12.3.1. &lt;rich:menuItem&gt; .........................................................................
12.3.2. &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt; ......................................................................
12.3.3. &lt;rich:menuSeparator&gt; .................................................................
12.4. &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; ..................................................................................
198
198
199
200
201
201
201
202
202
203
204
205
206
207
207
12.4.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
12.4.2. Interactivity options .....................................................................
12.4.3. Appearance ................................................................................
12.4.4. Submission modes .....................................................................
12.4.5. &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; server-side events ...........................................
12.4.6. JavaScript API ............................................................................
12.4.7. Reference data ...........................................................................
12.4.8. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
12.4.9. &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; ..............................................................
12.4.10. &lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt; ...............................................................
12.5. &lt;rich:toolbar&gt; ........................................................................................
12.5.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
12.5.2. Appearance ................................................................................
12.5.3. Grouping items ...........................................................................
12.5.4. Reference data ...........................................................................
12.5.5. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
12.5.6. &lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt; ....................................................................
13. Output and messages ....................................................................................
13.1. &lt;rich:chart&gt; ...........................................................................................
13.1.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
13.1.2. Data input ..................................................................................
13.1.3. Chart look customization .............................................................
13.1.4. Advanced customization ..............................................................
13.1.5. Interactivity options .....................................................................
13.1.6. &lt;rich:chart&gt; server-side events ....................................................
13.1.7. &lt;rich:chart&gt; client-side events .....................................................
13.1.8. JavaScript API ............................................................................
208
208
209
209
210
210
210
211
215
216
217
217
218
218
218
219
219
223
223
223
224
225
225
226
226
226
227
13.1.9. Reference data ........................................................................... 227
13.2. &lt;rich:message&gt; ..................................................................................... 227
13.2.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
13.2.2. Appearance ................................................................................
13.2.3. Reference data ...........................................................................
13.2.4. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
13.3. &lt;rich:messages&gt; ...................................................................................
13.3.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
13.3.2. Appearance ................................................................................
13.3.3. Reference data ...........................................................................
13.3.4. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
13.4. &lt;rich:notify&gt; ..........................................................................................
13.4.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
13.4.2. Customizing notifications .............................................................
13.4.3. Reference data ...........................................................................
13.4.4. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
13.5. &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt; .............................................................................
228
228
229
229
230
230
230
232
233
233
234
234
234
235
236
13.5.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
13.5.2. Reference data ...........................................................................
13.5.3. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
13.6. &lt;rich:notifyMessages&gt; ...........................................................................
13.6.1. Reference data ...........................................................................
13.6.2. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
13.7. &lt;rich:notifyStack&gt; ..................................................................................
13.7.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
13.7.2. Positioning notifications ...............................................................
13.7.3. Stacking notifications ..................................................................
13.7.4. Reference data ...........................................................................
13.7.5. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
13.8. &lt;rich:progressBar&gt; ................................................................................
13.8.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
13.8.2. Customizing the appearance .......................................................
13.8.3. Update mode .............................................................................
13.8.4. Using set intervals ......................................................................
13.8.5. JavaScript API ............................................................................
13.8.6. Reference data ...........................................................................
13.8.7. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
13.9. &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; .........................................................................................
13.9.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
13.9.2. Attaching the tool-tip to another component ..................................
13.9.3. Appearance ................................................................................
13.9.4. Update mode .............................................................................
13.9.5. &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; client-side events ....................................................
13.9.6. JavaScript API ............................................................................
236
236
236
237
237
237
238
238
238
239
239
239
240
240
240
241
242
242
242
243
243
243
244
245
245
246
246
xi
Component Reference
13.9.7. Reference data ........................................................................... 246
13.9.8. Style classes and skin parameters ............................................... 247
xii
14. Drag and drop ................................................................................................
14.1. &lt;rich:dragSource&gt; .................................................................................
14.1.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
14.1.2. Dragging an object .....................................................................
14.1.3. Reference data ...........................................................................
14.2. &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt; ..................................................................................
14.2.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
14.2.2. Handling dropped data ................................................................
14.2.3. Reference data ...........................................................................
14.2.4. Style classes ..............................................................................
14.3. &lt;rich:dragIndicator&gt; ...............................................................................
14.3.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
14.3.2. Styling the indicator ....................................................................
14.3.3. Reference data ...........................................................................
14.3.4. Style classes ..............................................................................
249
249
249
249
250
250
250
250
251
251
251
251
251
252
252
15. Layout and appearance ..................................................................................
15.1. &lt;rich:jQuery&gt; ........................................................................................
15.1.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
15.1.2. Defining a selector ......................................................................
15.1.3. Event handlers ...........................................................................
15.1.4. Timed queries ............................................................................
15.1.5. Named queries ...........................................................................
15.1.6. Dynamic rendering ......................................................................
15.1.7. Reference data ...........................................................................
16. Functions .......................................................................................................
16.1. rich:clientId ............................................................................................
16.2. rich:component ......................................................................................
16.3. rich:element ..........................................................................................
16.4. rich:jQuery ............................................................................................
16.5. rich:findComponent ................................................................................
16.6. rich:isUserInRole ...................................................................................
17. Functionality extension ..................................................................................
17.1. &lt;rich:componentControl&gt; .......................................................................
17.1.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
17.1.2. Passing parameters to API methods ............................................
17.1.3. Reference data ...........................................................................
17.2. &lt;rich:focus&gt; ..........................................................................................
17.2.1. Placement ..................................................................................
17.2.2. Applying Focus ...........................................................................
17.2.3. Validation-Aware .........................................................................
17.2.4. Preserving Focus ........................................................................
17.2.5. Delaying Focus ..........................................................................
253
253
253
253
254
254
255
256
256
257
257
257
257
257
257
258
259
259
259
259
260
260
260
260
260
261
261
17.2.6. Focus Manager .......................................................................... 262
17.2.7. Reference data ........................................................................... 262
17.3. &lt;rich:hotKey&gt; ........................................................................................
17.3.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
17.3.2. Event processing ........................................................................
17.3.3. Event handlers ...........................................................................
17.3.4. Reference data ...........................................................................
17.4. &lt;rich:hashParam&gt; .................................................................................
17.4.1. Basic usage ...............................................................................
17.4.2. Reference data ...........................................................................
17.5. &lt;rich:placeholder&gt; .................................................................................
17.5.1. Reference data ...........................................................................
17.5.2. Style classes and skin parameters ...............................................
A. Revision History ........................................................................................................
262
262
263
264
264
264
264
265
265
266
266
269
xiii
xiv
Chapter 1.
Introduction
This book is a guide to the various components available in the RichFaces 4.5.17.Final framework.
It includes descriptions of the role of the components, details on how best to use them, coded
examples of their use, and basic references of their properties and attributes.
For full references for all component classes and properties, refer to the following supplementary
documentation:
• VDL (View Definition Language) Documentation
• Available at http://docs.jboss.org/richfaces/latest_4_5_X/vdldoc/
• Javadoc
• Available at http://docs.jboss.org/richfaces/latest_4_5_X/javadoc/
For further examples for each component, refer to the RichFaces Showcase at http://
showcase.richfaces.org/.
1.1. Libraries
The RichFaces framework is made up of two tag libraries: the a4j library and the rich library.
a4j library
The a4j tag library provides core Ajax and utility components.
rich library
The rich tag library provides ready-made, self-contained, rich user-interface components.
These components have built-in Ajax support. By default, the components don’t require
additional configuration in order to send requests or update, but can also be customized by
plugging in utility behaviors.
1
2
Chapter 2.
Common Ajax attributes
The Ajax components in the a4j library share common attributes to perform similar functionality.
Most RichFaces components in the rich library that feature built-in Ajax support share these
common attributes as well.
Most attributes have default values, so they need not be explicitly set for the component to function
in its default state. These attributes can be altered to customize the behavior of the component
if necessary.
2.1. Data processing
The RichFaces Ajax script is built on a base of the JSF 2 Ajax script. As such, each time a
request is sent, the data from the requesting component’s parent JSF form is submitted along with
the XMLHttpRequest object. The form data contains values from the input element and auxiliary
information such as state-saving data.
2.1.1. execute
The execute attribute allows JSF processing to be limited to defined components. The execute
attribute can point to an id identifier of a specific component to process. Components can also
be identified through the use of Expression Language ( EL).
Alternatively, the execute attribute accepts the following keywords:
@all
Every component is processed.
@none
No components are processed.
@this
The requesting component with the execute attribute is processed. This is the default
behavior for components.
@form
The form that contains the requesting component is processed.
@region
The region that contains the requesting component is processed. Use the &lt;a4j:region&gt;
component as a wrapper element to specify regions.
Some components make use of additional keywords. These are detailed under the relevant
component entry in this book.
3
Chapter 2. Common Ajax attributes
2.1.2. bypassUpdates
If the bypassUpdates attribute is set to true, the Update Model phase of the request processing
lifecycle is bypassed. This is useful if user input needs to be validated but the model does not
need to be updated. This is the opposite functionality to the execute attribute in RichFaces.
2.2. Rendering
2.2.1. render
The render attribute provides a reference to one or more components on the page that need
updating after an Ajax interaction. It uses the UIComponent.findComponent() algorithm to find
the components in the component tree using their id identifiers as a reference. Components
can be referenced by their id identifier alone, or by their clientId identifier to make locating
components more efficient. Example 2.1, “render example” shows both ways of referencing
components. Each command button will correctly render the referenced panel grids, but the
second button locates the references more efficiently with explicit clientId paths.
Example 2.1. render example
&lt;h:form id=&quot;form1&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton value=&quot;Basic reference&quot; render=&quot;infoBlock, infoBlock2&quot; /&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton
value=&quot;Specific
reference&quot; render=&quot;:infoBlock,:sv:infoBlock2&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
&lt;h:panelGrid id=&quot;infoBlock&quot;&gt;
...
&lt;/h:panelGrid&gt;
&lt;h:form id=&quot;sv&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:panelGrid id=&quot;infoBlock2&quot;&gt;
...
&lt;/h:panelGrid&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
The value of the render attribute can also be an expression written using JavaServer Faces'
Expression Language ( EL); this can either be a Set, Collection, Array, or String.
Differences between JSF Ajax and RichFaces Ajax
JSF evaluates all parameters during page rendering. As such, during a request
from a page, all execute and render values are passed to the server from the
client. In contrast, RichFaces evaluates these options at the server side during the
current request.
4
ajaxRendered
This means that with JSF, making changes during a request to a render value
defined with EL will not influence the request. RichFaces, however, will always use
the newer values.
The RichFaces approach additionally increases data integrity. Parameters that are
changed from the client side are re-evaluated on the server, where they cannot
be changed.
Conditionally-rendered component updates
A common problem with using render occurs when the referenced component
is conditionally rendered via the rendered attribute. If a component is not initially
rendered, it does not have any HTML representation in the Document Object Model
( DOM). As such, when RichFaces renders the component via Ajax, the page does
not update as the place for the update is not known.
To work around this issue, wrap the component to be rendered in an
&lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; component. The &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; component will
receive the update and render the component as required.
2.2.2. ajaxRendered
A component with ajaxRendered=&quot;true&quot; will be re-rendered with every Ajax request, even when
not referenced by the requesting component’s render attribute. This can be useful for updating a
status display or error message without explicitly requesting it.
The ajaxRendered attribute’s functionality is the basis for the &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; component.
The &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; component is designed to mark parts of the page for automatic updating.
Refer to Section 5.1, “&lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt;” for details.
Automatic rendering of such components can be repressed by adding limitRender=&quot;true&quot; to
the requesting component, as described in Section 2.2.3, “limitRender”.
2.2.3. limitRender
RichFaces Ajax-enabled components and Ajax behaviors with limitRender=&quot;true&quot; specified
will not cause components with ajaxRendered=&quot;true&quot; to re-render, and only those components
listed in the render attribute will be updated. This essentially overrides the ajaxRendered attribute
in other components.
Example 2.3, “Data reference example” describes two command buttons, a panel grid rendered
by the buttons, and an output panel showing error messages. When the first button is clicked, the
output panel is rendered even though it is not explicitly referenced with the render attribute. The
second button, however, uses limitRender=&quot;true&quot; to override the output panel’s rendering and
only render the panel grid.
5
Chapter 2. Common Ajax attributes
Example 2.2. Rendering example
&lt;h:form id=&quot;form1&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton value=&quot;Normal rendering&quot; render=&quot;infoBlock&quot; /&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton
value=&quot;Limited
rendering&quot; render=&quot;infoBlock&quot; limitRender=&quot;true&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
&lt;h:panelGrid id=&quot;infoBlock&quot;&gt;
...
&lt;/h:panelGrid&gt;
&lt;a4j:outputPanel ajaxRendered=&quot;true&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:messages /&gt;
&lt;/a4j:outputPanel&gt;
2.3. Queuing and traffic control
2.3.1. requestDelay
The requestDelay attribute specifies an amount of time in milliseconds for the request to wait in
the queue before being sent to the server. If a similar request is added to the queue before the
delay is over, the original request is replaced with the new one.
2.3.2. ignoreDupResponses
When set to true, the ignoreDupResponses attribute causes responses from the server for the
request to be ignored if there is another similar request in the queue. This avoids unnecessary
updates on the client when another update is expected. The request is still processed on the
server, but if another similar request has been queued then no updates are made on the client.
2.4. Events and JavaScript interactions
JSF provides global jsf.ajax.onError and jsf.ajax.onEvent events to define handlers (the
jsf.ajax.onEvent event is used for all begin, success, and complete events). RichFaces adds
event-specific attributes at the component level.
2.4.1. onbeforesubmit
The onbeforesubmit event attribute invokes the event listener before an Ajax request is sent.
The request is canceled if the event listener defined for the onbeforesubmit event returns false.
2.4.2. onbegin
The onbegin event attribute invokes the event listener after an Ajax request is sent.
6
onbeforedomupdate
2.4.3. onbeforedomupdate
The onbeforedomupdate event attribute invokes the event listener after an Ajax response has
been returned but before the DOM tree of the browser is updated.
2.4.4. oncomplete
The oncomplete event attribute invokes the event listener after an Ajax response has been
returned and the DOM tree of the browser has been updated.
2.4.4.1. data
The data attribute allows additional data to be handled with the oncomplete event. Use JSF
Expression Language ( EL) to reference the property of the managed bean, and its value will
be serialized in JavaScript Object Notation ( JSON) and returned to the client side. The property
can then be referenced through the event.data variable in the event attribute definitions. Both
primitive types and complex types such as arrays and collections can be serialized and used with
data.
Example 2.3. Data reference example
&lt;a4j:commandButton
value=&quot;Update&quot;
oncomplete=&quot;showTheName(event.data.name)&quot;
data=&quot;#{userBean.name}&quot;
/
&gt;
2.4.5. onerror
The onerror event attribute invokes the event listener when an error has occurred during Ajax
communications.
2.4.6. Registering event callbacks with jQuery
RichFaces allows one to register callbacks for the events listed above using jQuery:
• ajaxsubmit: triggered before an Ajax request is sent.
• ajaxbegin: triggered after an Ajax request is sent.
• ajaxbeforedomupdate: triggered after an Ajax response has been returned but before the DOM
tree of the browser has been updated.
• ajaxcomplete: triggered after an Ajax response has been returned and the DOM tree of the
browser has been updated.
The event callback can be registered either on a form or a whole page:
&lt;h:outputScript&gt;
7
Chapter 2. Common Ajax attributes
jQuery(document).ready(function() {
jQuery(#{rich:element('form_id')}).on(&quot;ajaxsubmit&quot;, function() {
// the callback will be triggered before the form is submitted using
JSF AJAX
console.log(&quot;ajaxsubmit&quot;);
});
jQuery(document).on(&quot;ajaxcomplete&quot;, function() {
// the callback will be triggered for each completed JSF AJAX for
the current page
console.log(&quot;ajaxcomplete&quot;);
});
}
&lt;/h:outputScript&gt;
8
Part I. Ajax control components
Chapter 3.
Actions
This chapter details the basic components that respond to a user action and submit an Ajax
request.
3.1. &lt;a4j:ajax&gt;
The &lt;a4j:ajax&gt; behavior allows Ajax capability to be added to a non-Ajax component. The nonAjax component must implement the ClientBehaviorHolder interface for all the event attributes
that support behavior rendering.
3.1.1. Basic usage
The &lt;a4j:ajax&gt; behavior is placed as a direct child to the component that requires Ajax support.
Point the event attribute to the standard JSF event that triggers the behavior. If the event attribute
is not defined, the behavior is triggered on the event that normally provides interaction behavior
for the parent component.
Example 3.1. &lt;a4j:ajax&gt; example
&lt;h:panelGrid columns=&quot;2&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:inputText id=&quot;myinput&quot; value=&quot;#{userBean.name}&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax event=&quot;keyup&quot; render=&quot;outtext&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;h:outputText id=&quot;outtext&quot; value=&quot;#{userBean.name}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:panelGrid&gt;
3.1.2. Reference data
• client-behavior-renderer-type: org.ajax4jsf.behavior.Ajax
• behavior-id: org.ajax4jsf.behavior.Ajax
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.AjaxHandler
• behavior-class: org.ajax4jsf.component.behavior.AjaxBehavior
• client-behavior-renderer-class: org.ajax4jsf.renderkit.AjaxBehaviorRenderer
3.2. &lt;a4j:param&gt;
The &lt;a4j:param&gt; behavior combines the functionality of the JavaServer Faces ( JSF)
components &lt;f:param&gt; and &lt;f:actionListener&gt;.
11
Chapter 3. Actions
3.2.1. Basic usage
Basic usage of the &lt;a4j:param&gt; requires three main attributes:
• The value attribute is the initial value of the parameter.
• The assignTo attribute defines the bean property. The property is updated if the parent
command component performs an action event during the Process Request phase.
Example 3.2, “&lt;a4j:param&gt; example” shows a simple implementation along with the
accompanying managed bean.
Example 3.2. &lt;a4j:param&gt; example
&lt;h:form id=&quot;form&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton value=&quot;Set name to Alex&quot; reRender=&quot;rep&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:param name=&quot;username&quot; value=&quot;Alex&quot; assignTo=&quot;#{paramBean.name}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/a4j:commandButton&gt;
&lt;h:outputText id=&quot;rep&quot; value=&quot;Name: #{paramBean.name}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
public class ParamBean {
private String name = &quot;John&quot;;
public String getName() {
return name;
}
public void setName(String name) {
this.name = name;
}
}
When the Set name to Alex button is pressed, the application sets the name parameter of the
bean to Alex, and displays the name in the output field.
3.2.2. Interoperability
The &lt;a4j:param&gt; tag can be used with non-Ajax components in addition to Ajax components.
This includes components which are working through the GET request, such as the &lt;h:link&gt; and
&lt;h:button&gt; components. In this way, data model values can also be updated without any Java
code on the server side.
The converter attribute can be used to specify how to convert the value before it is submitted to
the data model. The property is assigned the new value during the Update Model phase.
12
Passing client-side parameters
Validation failure
If the validation of the form fails, the Update Model phase will be skipped and the
property will not be updated.
3.2.3. Passing client-side parameters
Variables from JavaScript functions can be used for the value attribute. In such an
implementation, the noEscape attribute should be set to true. Using noEscape=&quot;true&quot;, the value
attribute can contain any JavaScript expression or JavaScript function invocation, and the result
will be sent to the server as the value attribute.
Example 3.3. Passing client-side parameters
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton value=&quot;Show Screen Size&quot; render=&quot;infoPanel&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:param name=&quot;w&quot; value=&quot;screen.width&quot;
assignTo=&quot;#{paramBean.screenWidth}&quot; noEscape=&quot;true&quot; /&gt;
&lt;a4j:param name=&quot;h&quot; value=&quot;screen.height&quot;
assignTo=&quot;#{paramBean.screenHeight}&quot; noEscape=&quot;true&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/a4j:commandButton&gt;
&lt;h:panelGrid columns=&quot;2&quot; id=&quot;infoPanel&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Width:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{paramBean.screenWidth}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Height:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{paramBean.screenHeight}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:panelGrid&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
The command button triggers the &lt;a4j:param&gt; behaviors and renders the output text. The
&lt;a4j:param&gt; behaviors pass client-side parameters for the screen width and height through the
backing bean. These parameters are then used to populate the output text values.
3.2.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Parameter
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIParameter
• component-family: javax.faces.Parameter
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.ParameterHandler
13
Chapter 3. Actions
3.3. &lt;a4j:actionListener&gt;
Use the &lt;a4j:actionListener&gt; tag to register an ActionListener class on a
parent action component. The class provided as a listener must implement the
javax.faces.event.ActionListener interface. Multiple listener methods can be registered on
an action component in this way.
The &lt;a4j:actionListener&gt; tag differs from the standard JSF tag by allowing a listener method
to be defined instead of just a class. Use the listener attribute to define the listener method.
3.4. &lt;a4j:commandButton&gt;
The &lt;a4j:commandButton&gt; component is similar to the JavaServer Faces ( JSF)
&lt;h:commandButton&gt; component, but additionally includes Ajax support.
Figure 3.1. &lt;a4j:commandButton&gt;
The &lt;a4j:commandButton&gt; component executes the complete
form
Button controls are typically used to perform complete form submissions for
data storing. As a consequence, the &lt;a4j:commandButton&gt; component has the
execute=&quot;@form&quot; setting by default. To limit rendering to a different scope,
redefine the execute attribute.
3.4.1. Basic usage
The &lt;a4j:commandButton&gt; requires only the value attribute to function. Use the value attribute
to specify the text of the button.
By default, the &lt;a4j:commandButton&gt; uses the click event instead of the submit event.
3.4.2. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.CommandButton
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UICommandButton
• component-family: javax.faces.Command
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.CommandButtonRenderer
14
&lt;a4j:commandLink&gt;
3.5. &lt;a4j:commandLink&gt;
The &lt;a4j:commandLink&gt; component is similar to the JavaServer Faces ( JSF) &lt;h:commandLink&gt;
component, except that it includes plugged-in Ajax behavior.
Figure 3.2. &lt;a4j:commandLink&gt;
The &lt;a4j:commandLink&gt; component executes the complete
form
Link controls are typically used to perform complete form submissions for
data storing. As a consequence, the &lt;a4j:commandLink&gt; component has the
execute=&quot;@form&quot; setting by default. To limit rendering to a different scope,
redefine the execute attribute.
3.5.1. Basic usage
The &lt;a4j:commandLink&gt; requires only the value attribute to function. Use the value attribute to
specify the text of the link.
The &lt;a4j:commandLink&gt; uses the click event instead of the submit event.
3.5.2. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.CommandLink
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UICommandLink
• component-family: javax.faces.Command
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.CommandLinkRenderer
3.6. &lt;a4j:jsFunction&gt;
The &lt;a4j:jsFunction&gt; component performs Ajax requests directly from JavaScript code and
retrieves server-side data. The server-side data is returned in JavaScript Object Notation ( JSON)
format prior to the execution of any JavaScript code defined using the oncomplete attribute.
3.6.1. Basic usage
The &lt;a4j:jsFunction&gt; component requires the data attribute. Use the data attribute to define
where the retrieved server-side data is stored.
15
Chapter 3. Actions
Example 3.4, “&lt;a4j:jsFunction&gt; example” shows how an Ajax request can be initiated from the
JavaScript and a partial page update performed. The JavaScript function can be invoked with the
data returned by the Ajax response.
Example 3.4. &lt;a4j:jsFunction&gt; example
&lt;table width=&quot;400&quot;&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;
&lt;span onmouseover=&quot;updateName('Kate')&quot;
onmouseout=&quot;updateName('')&quot;&gt;Kate&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;
&lt;span onmouseover=&quot;updateName('John')&quot;
onmouseout=&quot;updateName('')&quot;&gt;John&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;
&lt;span onmouseover=&quot;updateName('Alex')&quot;
onmouseout=&quot;updateName('')&quot;&gt;Alex&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;
Name: &lt;b&gt;&lt;h:outputText id=&quot;showname&quot; value=&quot;#{functionBean.text}&quot; /
&gt;&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;a4j:jsFunction name=&quot;updateName&quot; render=&quot;showname&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:param name=&quot;name&quot; assignTo=&quot;#{functionBean.text}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/a4j:jsFunction&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
The output text for the name is changed depending on which table cell the user hovers over with
the mouse. The &lt;a4j:jsFunction&gt; component manages the updating and display of the name.
3.6.2. Parameters and JavaScript
The &lt;a4j:jsFunction&gt; component allows the use of the &lt;a4j:param&gt; component or the
JavaServer Faces &lt;f:param&gt; component to pass any number of parameters for the JavaScript
function.
16
Reference data
3.6.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Function
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIFunction
• component-family: javax.faces.Command
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.FunctionRenderer
3.7. &lt;a4j:poll&gt;
The &lt;a4j:poll&gt; component allows periodical sending of Ajax requests to the server. It is used
for repeatedly updating a page at specific time intervals.
3.7.1. Timing options
The interval attribute specifies the time in milliseconds between requests. The default for this
value is 1000 ms (1 second).
The &lt;a4j:poll&gt; component can be enabled and disabled using the enabled attribute. Using
Expression Language ( EL), the enabled attribute can point to a bean property to apply a particular
attribute value.
3.7.2. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Poll
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIPoll
• component-family: org.richfaces.Poll
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.PollRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.AjaxPollHandler
3.8. &lt;a4j:push&gt;
The &lt;a4j:push&gt; component performs real-time updates on the client side from events triggered
at the server side. The events are pushed out to the client through the RichFaces messaging
queue. When the &lt;a4j:push&gt; component is triggered by a server event, it can in turn cause Ajax
updates and changes.
The &lt;a4j:push&gt; component uses the Comet model for pushing data to the client.
17
Chapter 3. Actions
3.8.1. Setting up Push
Using the Push component requires configuration steps which depends on an environment in
which the Push is used:
3.8.1.1. Installing runtime dependencies
The &lt;a4j:push&gt; uses an Atmosphere framework for transporting messages. In order to use the
Atmosphere on the server-side, it is necessary to add Atmosphere libraries into a project.
In a Maven-based project, you should add richfaces-push-depchain as a runtime dependency:
&lt;dependency&gt;
&lt;groupId&gt;org.richfaces&lt;/groupId&gt;
&lt;artifactId&gt;richfaces-push-depchain&lt;/artifactId&gt;
&lt;type&gt;pom&lt;/type&gt;
&lt;version&gt;4.5.17.Final&lt;/version&gt;
&lt;scope&gt;runtime&lt;/scope&gt;
&lt;/dependency&gt;
By declarating a dependency chain, all the required runtime dependencies such as atmosphereruntime will be added transitively to your project.
For non-Maven-based projects, it is necessary to add dependencies manually - check &quot;RichFaces
Developer Guide&quot;, section &quot;Project libraries and dependencies&quot; for details.
3.8.1.2. Registering Push servlet
The Push requires a PushServlet registered in web application and listening for Push client
connections.
In the Servlets 3.0 and higher environments, the servlet will be registered automatically.
However in the Servlets 2.5 and lower environments, the servlet needs to be registered manually
in web.xml:
&lt;!-- Push Servlet - listens for user sessions --&gt;
&lt;servlet&gt;
&lt;servlet-name&gt;Push Servlet&lt;/servlet-name&gt;
&lt;servlet-class&gt;org.richfaces.webapp.PushServlet&lt;/servlet-class&gt;
&lt;load-on-startup&gt;1&lt;/load-on-startup&gt;
&lt;/servlet&gt;
&lt;servlet-mapping&gt;
&lt;servlet-name&gt;Push Servlet&lt;/servlet-name&gt;
&lt;url-pattern&gt;/__richfaces_push&lt;/url-pattern&gt;
&lt;/servlet-mapping&gt;
18
Server-side Push methods
&lt;!-- setups servlet-mapping in RichFaces configuration --&gt;
&lt;context-param&gt;
&lt;param-name&gt;org.richfaces.push.handlerMapping&lt;/param-name&gt;
&lt;param-value&gt;/__richfaces_push&lt;/param-value&gt;
&lt;/context-param&gt;
Manual registration of servlet in Servlets 3.0
When you attempt to register the Push servlet manually in Servlet 3.0
environments, RichFaces will detect that the Push servlet is already registered and
avoid initializing it again.
However, be sure to setup the Push servlet to support asynchronous requests modify the servlet registration from the previous web.xml snippet as follows:
&lt;servlet&gt;
&lt;servlet-name&gt;Push Servlet&lt;/servlet-name&gt;
&lt;servlet-class&gt;org.richfaces.webapp.PushServlet&lt;/servlet-class&gt;
&lt;load-on-startup&gt;1&lt;/load-on-startup&gt;
&lt;async-supported&gt;true&lt;/async-supported&gt;
&lt;/servlet&gt;
Switching to Blocking I/O instead of asynchronous servlets
Although a container you use supports Servlets 3.0, you may experience problems
with using asynchronous servlets.
It is possible to force the Atmosphere to use a blocking I/O approach with the
following web.xml configuration:
&lt;context-param&gt;
&lt;param-name&gt;org.atmosphere.useBlocking&lt;/param-name&gt;
&lt;param-value&gt;true&lt;/param-value&gt;
&lt;/context-param&gt;
3.8.2. Server-side Push methods
The Push events can be fired on the server-side in several ways:
• TopicsContext - accesses a RichFaces message queue directly
19
Chapter 3. Actions
• Push CDI - uses the CDI Event mechanism to fire messages
• Push JMS - the RichFaces Push consumes messages from an enterprise messaging system
and exposes them to the client (tightly coupled with the JMS runtime)
3.8.3. Client-side Push methods
On the client side, push notifications may be processed in the following ways:
• ondataavailable event handler (serialized message is available)
• Client behaviors attached to dataavailable event
3.8.4. Push Topics
The Push messages are delivered to the client based on a TopicKey's name (e.g. someTopic).
The TopicKey can optionally include a subtopic name (e.g. subtopic@anotherTopic).
On the client side, the topic is represted by an &lt;a4j:push&gt;'s attribute address.
Push Topic relates to JMS topic
The format for the name of the push topic is very close to the JMS topic name and
thus enables a seamless transport of JMS messages to the RichFaces message
queue.
Topics with EL expressions
Since the topic key can contain EL expressions, it is possible to achieve dynamic
end-points (e.g. addressing specific clients).
You need to push a message by using TopicContext.publish(TopicKey key,
Object message) or using CDI events to publish message to dynamically
evaluated topic key.
The &lt;a4j:push&gt;'s attribute address accepts EL expressions.
3.8.5. Handling a push message
A push message sent from the server to the &lt;a4j:push&gt; component on the client will cause it to
trigger any event handlers defined using the dataavailable event handler.
The &lt;a4j:push&gt; component should also include the onerror event handler to inform the user
when an error has occurred with the push messages.
20
Handling a push subscription
&lt;a4j:push&gt; can be used for either immediate processing of messages (like in the previous
example) or it can trigger a partial page update. Check out following samples:
Example 3.5. Handling a push message
&lt;a4j:push address=&quot;chat&quot;
onerror=&quot;alert(event.rf.data)&quot;
ondataavailable=&quot;chat.addMessage(event.rf.data)&quot; /&gt;
This example uses the dataavailable event attribute with some JavaScript to update messages
in a chat room. The event.rf.data parameter contains Push message data serialized to
JavaScript.
Example 3.6. Updating DOM for each push message
&lt;a4j:push address=&quot;chat&quot;
onerror=&quot;alert(event.rf.data)&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax event=&quot;datavailable&quot; render=&quot;chat&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/a4j:push&gt;
This example uses the dataavailable event handler to trigger an AJAX request and a partial
page update.
3.8.6. Handling a push subscription
The &lt;a4j:push&gt; component establishes connection with server on complete page load (when
document is ready).
It means that the application starts to handle push messages once the page is completely loaded.
However time-critical applications may require keeping client stricly synchronized with the server
state.
For such applications you may use onsubscribed event handler, which is triggered every time
the given component is successfully subscribed to the address/topic it listens to (on a page load
and on each AJAX re-render).
Example 3.7. The time-critical updates in stock application
&lt;a4j:push address=&quot;stockUpdates&quot;
onerror=&quot;alert(event.rf.data)&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax event=&quot;dataavailable&quot; render=&quot;stocksTable&quot; /&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax event=&quot;subscribed&quot; render=&quot;stocksTable&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/a4j:push&gt;
21
Chapter 3. Actions
This example uses the subscribed event to update the table content once the push component
is subscribed to the topic, ensuring that the table content is not stale.
3.8.7. Using TopicsContext to publish message
Messages could be produced using the TopicsContext interface directly as in the following
sample:
private TopicKey topicKey = new TopicKey(&quot;chat&quot;);
public void initializeTopic() {
TopicsContext topicsContext = TopicsContext.lookup();
topicsContext.getOrCreateTopic(topicKey);
}
public void sendMessage(String message) throws MessageException {
TopicsContext topicsContext = TopicsContext.lookup();
topicsContext.publish(topicKey, message);
}
A topic needs to first be created using TopicsContext#getOrCreate(TopicKey) where
TopicKey is the name of the topic. A message to the topic can be sent using the method:
TopicsContext#publish(topicKey, message).
3.8.8. Integrating Push with CDI events
An alternative way of producing messages is to use the CDI event mechanism.
Push notifications can be produced by annotating a CDI event injection point with the @Push
annotation, which specifies an end-point (topic name).
The payload of the message is the serialized object sent using the CDI event interface (
Event.fire(T object)).
@Inject
@Push(topic = &quot;chat&quot;)
Event&lt;String&gt; pushEvent;
public void sendMessage(String message) {
pushEvent.fire(message);
}
3.8.9. Push and JMS integration
An integration of the RichFaces Push and the Java Messaging Service ( JMS) allows to write
robust interactive applications.
22
Push and JMS integration
3.8.9.1. Enabling JMS integraction
The JMS integration needs to be enabled in web.xml with a following configuration:
&lt;context-param&gt;
&lt;param-name&gt;org.richfaces.push.jms.enabled&lt;/param-name&gt;
&lt;param-value&gt;true&lt;/param-value&gt;
&lt;/context-param&gt;
3.8.9.2. Configuring JMS backend
The JMS instance on the back-end must be configured to work with your &lt;a4j:push&gt; components.
Configuring JMS on JBoss EAP
Refer to the JBoss EAP Administration and Configuration Guide for details on
configuring JMS in JBoss EAP.
Example 3.8. JMS server configuration
This simple example describes the JMS server configuration required for a pushing server date
to the client.
The JMS server needs to be setup in order to propagate JMS messages to Push components.
Create a new JMS topic using the following settings:
Name:
datePush
JNDI name: /topic/datePush
Use the default settings for other options.
Add a single role for the topic in the same form using the following settings:
Name:
guest
Send:
true
Consume:
true
Create
true
subscriber:
Delete
true
subscriber:
Create
true
durable
subscriber:
23
Chapter 3. Actions
Delete
durable
true
subscriber:
Ensure the Create durable subscriber and the Delete durable subscriber options are set to
true for proper push functionality.
Durable subscriptions
Durable subscriptions receive all events, including those events which were sent
while the push component was not connected.
Refer to JMS Documentation for details on configuring the JMS Server.
JMS integration with custom configuration
RichFaces looks for the JMS Connection Factory on the JNDI context /
ConnectionFactory by default.
The prefix /topic is used for deriving JMS topic names from Push topic names.
When integrating component into an enterprise system, this defaults can be
changed.
Use
following
to
org.richfaces.push.jms.connectionFactory,
org.richfaces.push.jms.topicsNamespace.
web.xml
parameters
change
default
values:
When RichFaces obtains a connection, an empty user name is used with an empty
password.
Use following web.xml parameters or equivalent JVM parameters
to change default values: org.richfaces.push.jms.connectionUsername,
org.richfaces.push.jms.connectionPassword.
3.8.9.3. Sending and receiving Push messages using JMS
The JMS message which should be propagated to Push needs to be created with the method
session.createObjectMessage(message);.
The message could be then published using publisher.publish(message); like in a following
example:
24
Push and JMS integration
Example 3.9. Sending messages using JMS
TopicConnection connection;
TopicSession session;
TopicPublisher publisher;
public void sendCurrentDate() throws JMSException {
String currentDate = new Date().toString();
ObjectMessage message = session.createObjectMessage(message);
publisher.publish(message);
}
// messaging needs to be initialized before using method #sendCurrentDate()
private void initializeMessaging() throws JMSException, NamingException {
if (connection == null) {
TopicConnectionFactorytcf=(TopicConnectionFactory)InitialContext.doLookup(&quot;java:/
ConnectionFactory&quot;);
connection = tcf.createTopicConnection();
}
if (session == null) {
session = connection.createTopicSession(false, Session.AUTO_ACKNOWLEDGE);
}
if (topic == null) {
topic = InitialContext.doLookup(&quot;topic/datePush&quot;);
}
if (publisher == null) {
publisher = session.createPublisher(topic);
}
}
Receiving messages from a JMS queue doesn’t differ from receiving messages sent by the
TopicsContext or using CDI events.
Example 3.10. Receiving messages using JMS
&lt;a4j:push id=&quot;datePush&quot; address=&quot;datePush&quot;
ondataavailable=&quot;jQuery(#{rich:element('serverDate')}).text(event.rf.data)&quot; /
&gt;
&lt;a4j:outputPanel id=&quot;serverDate&quot; layout=&quot;block&quot;&gt;
&lt;i&gt;waiting for event...&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/a4j:outputPanel&gt;
The above example demonstrates a simple use of the &lt;a4j:push&gt; tag that causes an immediate
update of the page content.
25
Chapter 3. Actions
3.8.10. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Push
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIPush
• component-family: org.richfaces.Push
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.PushRenderer
26
Chapter 4.
Resources
This chapter covers those components used to handle and manage resources and beans.
4.1. &lt;a4j:mediaOutput&gt;
The &lt;a4j:mediaOutput&gt; component is used for generating images, video, sounds, and other
resources defined on the fly.
4.1.1. Basic usage
The createContent attribute points to the method used for generating the displayed content.
If necessary, the value attribute can be used to pass input data to the content generation method
specified with createContent. The cacheable attribute specifies whether the resulting content
will be cached or not.
4.1.2. Handling content
The mimeType attribute describes the type of output content, and corresponds to the type in the
header of the HTTP request. The element attribute defines XHTML element used to display the
content:
• img
• object
• applet
• script
• link
• a
Example 4.1. &lt;a4j:mediaOutput&gt; example
This example uses the &lt;a4j:mediaOutput&gt; component to generate a JPEG image of verification
digits. The code on the application page is a single element:
&lt;a4j:mediaOutput element=&quot;img&quot; cacheable=&quot;false&quot; session=&quot;false&quot;
createContent=&quot;#{mediaBean.paint}&quot; value=&quot;#{mediaData}&quot;
mimeType=&quot;image/jpeg&quot; /&gt;
The &lt;a4j:mediaOutput&gt; component uses the MediaBean.paint method to create the image.
The method generates a random number, which is then converted into an output stream and
rendered to a JPEG image. The MediaBean class is as follows:
27
Chapter 4. Resources
package demo;
import
import
import
import
import
import
java.awt.Graphics2D;
java.awt.image.BufferedImage;
java.io.IOException;
java.io.OutputStream;
java.util.Random;
javax.imageio.ImageIO;
public class MediaBean {
public void paint(OutputStream out, Object data) throws IOException {
Integer high = 9999;
Integer low = 1000;
Random generator = new Random();
Integer digits = generator.nextInt(high - low + 1) + low;
if (data instanceof MediaData) {
MediaData paintData = (MediaData) data;
BufferedImage img = new BufferedImage(paintData.getWidth(),paintData.getHeight(),Bu
Graphics2D graphics2D = img.createGraphics();
graphics2D.setBackground(paintData.getBackground());
graphics2D.setColor(paintData.getDrawColor());
graphics2D.clearRect(0,0,paintData.getWidth(),paintData.getHeight());
graphics2D.setFont(paintData.getFont());
graphics2D.drawString(digits.toString(), 20, 35);
ImageIO.write(img,&quot;png&quot;,out);
}
}
}
Another class, MediaData is required by the value attribute for keeping data to be used as input
for the content creation method. The MediaData class is as follows:
package demo;
import java.awt.Color;
import java.awt.Font;
import java.io.Serializable;
public class MediaData implements Serializable {
private static final long serialVersionUID = 1L;
Integer Width=110;
28
Reference data
Integer Height=50;
Color Background=new Color(190, 214, 248);
Color DrawColor=new Color(0,0,0);
Font font = new Font(&quot;Serif&quot;, Font.TRUETYPE_FONT, 30);
/* Corresponding getters and setters */
...
}
The &lt;a4j:mediaOutput&gt; component uses the MediaBean and MediaData classes to generate a
new image on each page refresh.
Figure 4.1.
Serializable
interface
A bean class passed using the value attribute of &lt;a4j:mediaOutput&gt; should
implement the Serializable interface so that it will be encoded to the URL of the
resource.
4.1.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.MediaOutput
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIMediaOutput
• component-family: org.richfaces.MediaOutput
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.MediaOutputRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.MediaOutputHandler
29
30
Chapter 5.
Containers
This chapter details those components in the r tag library which define an area used as a container
or wrapper for other components.
5.1. &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt;
The &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; component is used to group together components in to update them as
a whole, rather than having to specify the components individually.
5.1.1. Aiding complex Ajax rendering
Use the &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; component to wrap behaviors when using complex Ajax rendering.
Parent components may not render correctly when attached behaviors trigger updates. Point the
behaviors to the wrapping &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; component instead of the parent components.
The &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; component is properly encoded to ensure the wrapped components are
correctly rendered.
5.1.2. Panel appearance
The layout attribute can be used to determine how the component is rendered in HTML:
• layout=&quot;inline&quot; is the default behavior, which will render the component as a pair of &lt;span&gt;
tags containing the child components.
• layout=&quot;block&quot; will render the component as a pair of &lt;div&gt; tags containing the child
components, which will use any defined &lt;div&gt; element styles.
Setting ajaxRendered=&quot;true&quot; will cause the &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; to be updated with each Ajax
response for the page, even when not listed explicitly by the requesting component. This can in
turn be overridden by specific attributes on any requesting components.
5.1.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.OutputPanel
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIOutputPanel
• component-family: javax.faces.Panel
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.OutputPanelRenderer
5.2. &lt;a4j:region&gt;
The &lt;a4j:region&gt; component specifies a part of the JSF component tree to be processed on the
server. The region causes all the r Ajax controls to execute: decoding, validating, and updating
31
Chapter 5. Containers
the model. The region causes these components to execute even if not explicitly declared. As
such, processing areas can more easily be marked using a declarative approach.
Regions can be nested, in which case only the parent region of the component initiating the request
will be processed.
5.2.1. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Region
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIRegion
• component-family: org.richfaces.AjaxContainer
32
Chapter 6.
Validation
JavaServer Faces 2 provides built-in support for bean validation as per the Java Specification
Request JSR-303 standard. As such, containers must validate model objects. Validation is
performed at different application tiers according to annotation-based constraints. Refer to http://
jcp.org/en/jsr/detail?id=303 for further details on the JSR-303 specification.
Example 6.1, “JSR-303 validation annotations” shows an example JSF managed bean. The
bean includes JSR-303 annotations for validation. Validation annotations defined in this way are
registered on components bound to the bean properties, and validation is triggered in the Process
Validation phase.
Example 6.1. JSR-303 validation annotations
import
import
import
import
javax.validation.constraints.Max;
javax.validation.constraints.Min;
javax.validation.constraints.Pattern;
javax.validation.constraints.Size;
@ManagedBean
@RequestScoped
public class UserBean {
@Size(min=3, max=12)
private String name = null;
@Pattern(regexp = &quot;^[\\w\\-]([\\.\\w])+[\\w]+@([\\w\\-]+\\.)+[a-zA-Z]
{2,4}$&quot; , message=&quot;Bad email&quot;)
private String email = null;
@Min(value = 18)
@Max(value = 99)
private Integer age;
//...
//Getters and Setters
}
Requirements
Bean validation in both JavaServer Faces and RichFaces requires the JSR-303
implementation. The implementation is bundled with JEE 6 Application Server™.
33
Chapter 6. Validation
If using Tomcat™ or another simple servlet container, add the validation-api
Java Archive and a validation provider (such as Hibernate Validator™) to your
application libraries.
6.1. &lt;rich:validator&gt; client-side validation
The validation built in to JavaServer Faces 2 occurs on the server side. The &lt;rich:validator&gt;
behavior adds client-side validation to a control based on registered server-side validators.
It provides this validation without the need to reproduce the server-side annotations. The
&lt;rich:validator&gt; behavior triggers all client validator annotations listed in the relevant managed
bean.
6.1.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:validator&gt; behavior is added as a child element to any input control. The value of
the input control must reference a managed bean. The content of the input control validates on
the client-side based on registered server-side validators included in the managed bean.
Example 6.2. Basic usage
&lt;h:inputText value=&quot;#{userBean.name}&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:validator/&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
JSF validation tags
JSF
validation
tags,
such
as
&lt;f:validateLength&gt;
and
&lt;f:validateDoubleRange&gt; tags, can be declared alongside &lt;rich:validator&gt;
behaviors. However, because this duplicates the validation processes at both the
view and model level, it is not recommended.
6.1.2. Messages from client-side validators
Use the &lt;rich:message&gt; and &lt;rich:messages&gt; components to display validation messages.
The for attribute of the &lt;rich:message&gt; component references the id identifier of the input
control being validated.
Example 6.3. Messages
&lt;rich:panel header=&quot;User information&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:panelGrid columns=&quot;3&quot;&gt;
34
Validation triggers
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Name:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputText value=&quot;#{validationBean.name}&quot; id=&quot;name&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:validator /&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;rich:message for=&quot;name&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Email&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputText value=&quot;#{validationBean.email}&quot; id=&quot;email&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:validator /&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;rich:message for=&quot;email&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Age&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputText value=&quot;#{validationBean.age}&quot; id=&quot;age&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:validator /&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;rich:message for=&quot;age&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;I agree the terms&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:selectBooleanCheckbox value=&quot;#{validationBean.agree}&quot; id=&quot;agree&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:validator/&gt;
&lt;/h:selectBooleanCheckbox&gt;
&lt;rich:message for=&quot;agree&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:panelGrid&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
Failed validation checks are reported using &lt;rich:message&gt; components. The validation
annotations in the managed bean are outlined in Example 6.1, “JSR-303 validation annotations”.
Figure 6.1.
6.1.3. Validation triggers
Use the event attribute to specify which event on the input control triggers the validation process.
By default, the &lt;rich:validator&gt; behavior triggers validation when the input control is changed
( event=&quot;change&quot;).
35
Chapter 6. Validation
Example 6.4. Validation triggers
&lt;h:inputText value=&quot;#{userBean.name}&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:validator event=&quot;keyup&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
The event attribute is changed to the keyup event, such that validation takes place after each
key press.
6.1.4. Ajax fall-backs
If no client-side validation method exists for a registered server-side validator, Ajax fall-back is
used. The &lt;rich:validator&gt; behavior invokes all available client-side validators. If all the clientside validators return valid, RichFaces performs an Ajax request to invoke the remaining validators
on the server side.
6.1.5. Reference data
• client-behavior-renderer-type: org.richfaces.ClientValidatorRenderer
• behavior-id: org.richfaces.behavior.ClientValidator
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.ClientValidatorHandler
• behavior-class: org.ajax4jsf.component.behavior.ClientValidatorImpl
• client-behavior-renderer-class:
org.richfaces.renderkit.html.ClientValidatorRenderer
6.2. &lt;rich:graphValidator&gt; object validation
The &lt;rich:graphValidator&gt; component is used to wrap a set of input components related to one
object. The object defined by the &lt;rich:graphValidator&gt; component can then be completely
validated. The validation includes all object properties, even those which are not bound to the
individual form components. Validation performed in this way allows for cross-field validation in
complex forms.
Validation without model updates
The &lt;rich:graphValidator&gt; component performs a clone() method on the
referenced bean instance during the validation phase. The cloned object is
validated and triggers any required validation messages. As such, the model object
remains clean, and the lifecycle is interrupted properly after the Process Validations
phase.
36
Basic usage
Ensure the referenced object implements the Cloneable interface, and allows a
deep clone if required.
6.2.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:graphValidator&gt; element must wrap all the input controls that are required to validate
the object. The value attribute names the bean for the validating object.
Example 6.5. Basic usage
The example demonstrates a simple form for changing a password. The two entered passwords
must match, so a &lt;rich:graphValidator&gt; component is used for cross-field validation.
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;rich:graphValidator value=&quot;#{userBean}&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:panel header=&quot;Change password&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:messages/&gt;
&lt;h:panelGrid columns=&quot;3&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Enter new password:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputSecret value=&quot;#{userBean.password}&quot; id=&quot;pass&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:message for=&quot;pass&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Confirm the new password:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputSecret value=&quot;#{userBean.confirm}&quot; id=&quot;conf&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:message for=&quot;conf&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/h:panelGrid&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton value=&quot;Store changes&quot;
action=&quot;#{userBean.storeNewPassword}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
&lt;/rich:graphValidator&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
The input controls validate against the following bean:
@ManagedBean
@RequestScoped
public class UserBean implements Cloneable {
@Size(min = 5,
private String
@Size(min = 5,
private String
private String
max = 15, message=&quot;Wrong size for password&quot;)
password;
max = 15, message=&quot;Wrong size for confirmation&quot;)
confirm;
status = &quot;&quot;;
@AssertTrue(message = &quot;Different passwords entered!&quot;)
public boolean isPasswordsEquals() {
37
Chapter 6. Validation
return password.equals(confirm);
}
public void storeNewPassword() {
FacesContext.getCurrentInstance().addMessage(&quot;&quot;,
new
FacesMessage(FacesMessage.SEVERITY_INFO,
&quot;Succesfully
changed!&quot;, &quot;Succesfully changed!&quot;));
}
...
}
When validation occurs, the whole object is validated against the annotation contstraints. The
@AssertTrue annotation relies on the isPasswordsEqual() function to check whether the two
entered passwords are equal.
If the entered passwords do not match, an error message is displayed:
Figure 6.2.
6.2.2. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.GraphValidator
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIGraphValidator
• component-family: org.richfaces.GraphValidator
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.GraphValidatorHandler
38
Chapter 7.
Processing management
This chapter covers those components that manage the processing of information, requests, and
updates.
7.1. &lt;a4j:queue&gt;
The &lt;a4j:queue&gt; component manages the JSF queue of Ajax requests. It provides additional
options for a finer control of request processing.
7.1.1. Basic usage
The &lt;a4j:queue&gt; component works in the same basic way as the standard JSF queue. It can be
enabled and disabled through the enabled attribute.
Requests from other libraries
The &lt;a4j:queue&gt; component does not handle standard JSF requests or requests
from component libraries other than RichFaces.
7.1.2. Delaying requests
Use the requestDelay attribute to add a delay between each request in the queue. Set the
requestDelay attribute to the number of milliseconds to wait in between each request. Delaying
requests avoids unnecessary processing for actions that would otherwise cause multiple requests,
such as typing. Similar requests in the queue are combined while waiting for the request delay.
Example 7.1. Delaying requests
&lt;a4j:queue requestDelay=&quot;1500&quot;/&gt;
The queue delays each request by 1500 milliseconds.
7.1.3. Duplicate responses
The client side can update unnecessarily if duplicate responses require similar updates. Set
ignoreDupResponses=&quot;true&quot; to ignore duplicate responses. With this setting, the client will not
update from a request if a similar request is in the queue.
7.1.4. Queue scopes
Define the queue scope to make it the default queue for all requests in that scope. The scope
depends on the placement of the queue and any naming identifiers.
39
Chapter 7. Processing management
• An unnamed &lt;a4j:queue&gt; component placed outside any forms becomes the default queue
for all requests on the page.
• An unnamed &lt;a4j:queue&gt; component placed inside a form becomes the default queue for all
requests within that form.
• Use the name identifier attribute to name an &lt;a4j:queue&gt; component. Named queues can be
accessed with the &lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt; behavior to act as a queue for specific components and
behaviors. Refer to Section 7.1.7, “&lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt;” for details.
Example 7.2. Queue scopes
&lt;a4j:queue name=&quot;viewQueue&quot; requestDelay=&quot;2000&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;a4j:queue name=&quot;formQueue&quot; requestDelay=&quot;1500&quot;/&gt;
...
&lt;/h:form&gt;
The queue outside the form is scoped to the view. The queue inside the form is scoped only to
that form.
7.1.5. &lt;a4j:queue&gt; client-side events
The &lt;a4j:queue&gt; component features several events relating to queuing actions in addition to
the common JSF events:
• The complete event is fired after a request is completed. The request object is passed as
a parameter to the event handler, so the queue is accessible using request.queue and the
element which was the source of the request is accessible using this.
• The requestqueue event is fired after a new request has been added to the queue.
• The requestdequeue event is fired after a request has been removed from the queue.
7.1.6. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Queue
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIQueue
• component-family: org.richfaces.Queue
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.QueueRenderer
7.1.7. &lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt;
The &lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt; behavior is used together with a &lt;a4j:queue&gt; component to further
customize queuing for particular components and behaviors. The &lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt; behavior
40
&lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt;
can override the scope-wide queue settings for an individual component, or attach specific
requests to a queue.
7.1.7.1. Overriding scope settings
Queues can be scoped to various levels as described in Section 7.1.4, “Queue scopes”. Use an
&lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt; behavior in the same scope as a queue to override the queue settings for
a particular control.
Example 7.3. Overriding scope settings
&lt;a4j:queue requestDelay=&quot;2000&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;rich:panel&gt;
&lt;h:inputText&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax event=&quot;keyup&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton value=&quot;submit&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:attachQueue requestDelay=&quot;0&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/a4j:commandButton&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
The request delay is overridden by the &lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt; behavior on the submit button.
7.1.7.2. Using a named queue
Name an &lt;a4j:queue&gt; component using the name attribute. It can then be used by
specific components through the &lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt; behavior. Use the name attribute of the
&lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt; behavior to identify the name of the destination queue.
Example 7.4. Using a named queue
&lt;a4j:queue name=&quot;viewQueue&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;a4j:queue name=&quot;formQueue&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:panel&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton value=&quot;submit&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:attachQueue name=&quot;viewQueue&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/a4j:commandButton&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
The requests from the button are attached to the viewQueue queue, rather than the formQueue
queue.
41
Chapter 7. Processing management
7.1.7.3. Grouping requests
Use grouping to process multiple requests together. Specify a grouping identifier with the
requestGroupingId attribute. Requests from multiple &lt;a4j:attachQueue&gt; behaviors can use
the same identifier to group requests together.
Example 7.5. Grouping requests
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;a4j:queue requestDelay=&quot;2000&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:inputText id=&quot;input1&quot; value=&quot;#{queueBean.text1}&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:attachQueue requestGroupingId=&quot;registrationForm&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;h:inputText id=&quot;input2&quot; value=&quot;#{queueBean.text2}&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:attachQueue requestGroupingId=&quot;registrationForm&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
Requests from both the text input boxes are grouped together with the registrationForm
identifier.
7.1.7.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.AttachQueue
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIAttachQueue
• component-family: org.richfaces.AttachQueue
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.AttachQueueRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.AttachQueueHandler
7.2. &lt;a4j:log&gt;
The &lt;a4j:log&gt; component generates JavaScript that opens a debug window, logging application
information such as requests, responses, and DOM changes.
7.2.1. Basic usage
The &lt;a4j:log&gt; component doesn’t require any additional attributes for basic functionality.
7.2.2. Log monitoring
The mode attribute determines how the log appears on the page.
• Set mode=&quot;inline&quot; to place the logging data in-line on the current page. This is the default
setting.
42
Reference data
• Set mode=&quot;popup&quot; to present the logging data in a new pop-up window. The window is set to
be opened by pressing the key combination Ctrl+Shift+L; this can be partially reconfigured
with the hotkey attribute, which specifies the letter key to use in combination with Ctrl+Shift
instead of L.
• Set mode=&quot;console&quot; to present the logging data in the JavaScript console of the browser.
The amount of data logged can be determined with the level attribute:
• Set level=&quot;ERROR&quot; to log all errors.
• Set level=&quot;FATAL&quot; to log only fatal messages.
• Set level=&quot;INFO&quot; to log only informational messages.
• Set level=&quot;WARN&quot; to log only warning messages.
• Set level=&quot;ALL&quot; to log all data. This is the default setting.
Example 7.6. &lt;a4j:log&gt; example
&lt;a4j:log level=&quot;ALL&quot; mode=&quot;inline&quot; /&gt;
Figure 7.1.
The log readout displays all messages.
Log renewal
The log is automatically renewed after each Ajax request. It does not need to be
explicitly re-rendered. To clear previous requests, implement a Clear button or
similar functionality.
7.2.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.AjaxLog
43
Chapter 7. Processing management
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIAjaxLog
• component-family: org.richfaces.AjaxLog
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.AjaxLogRenderer
7.2.4. Style classes and skin parameters
The &lt;a4j:log&gt; component is intended primarily for debugging during development. However it
is still possible to style the component if desired.
Table 7.1. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-log
generalTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for the log.
.rf-log-popup
No skin parameters.
This class defines
styles for the log when it
appears as a pop-up.
.rf-log-popup-cnt
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the content of the log
pop-up.
.rf-log-inline
No skin parameters.
This class defines
styles for the log when it
appears in-line.
.rf-log-contents
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the log contents.
.rf-log-entry-lbl
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a label in the log.
.rf-log-entry-lbl-debug
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the debug label in the
log.
.rf-log-entry-lbl-info
This class defines styles
for the information label
in the log.
44
No skin parameters.
&lt;a4j:status&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-log-entry-lbl-warn
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the warning label in
the log.
.rf-log-entry-lbl-error
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the error label in the
log.
.rf-log-entry-msg
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a message in the log.
.rf-log-entry-msg-debug
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the debug message in
the log.
.rf-log-entry-msg-info
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the information
message in the log.
.rf-log-entry-msg-warn
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the warning message
in the log.
.rf-log-entry-msg-error
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the error message in
the log.
.rf-log-entry-msg-xml
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for an XML message in
the log.
7.3. &lt;a4j:status&gt;
The &lt;a4j:status&gt; component displays the status of current Ajax requests. The status can be
either in progress, complete, or an error is shown after a failed request.
7.3.1. Customizing the text
The text display can be customized depending on the current status.
45
Chapter 7. Processing management
• The startText attribute defines the text shown after the request has been started and is
currently in progress. Set the styles for the text with the startStyle and startStyleClass
attributes. Alternatively, use the start facet to customize the text appearance.
• The stopText attribute defines the text shown once the request is complete. Set the styles for
the text with the stopStyle and stopStyleClass attributes. Alternatively, use the stop facet
to customize the text appearance.
If the stopText attribute is not defined, and no facet exists for the stopped state, the complete
status is simply not shown. In this way, only the progress of the request is displayed to the user,
along with any errors.
• The errorText attribute defines the text shown when an error has occurred. Set the styles
for the text with the errorStyle and errorStyleClass attributes. Alternatively, use the error
facet to customize the text appearance.
Example 7.7. Basic &lt;a4j:status&gt; usage
&lt;a4j:status startText=&quot;In progress...&quot; stopText=&quot;Complete&quot; /&gt;
7.3.2. Specifying a region
The &lt;a4j:status&gt; component monitors the status of the region relevant to where it is placed.
• If unnamed and placed outside any forms, it monitors the status at the view level.
• If unnamed and placed inside a form, it monitors the status at the form level.
However, if identified with the name attribute, the &lt;a4j:status&gt; component can monitor any Ajax
component or behavior. Use the status attribute on the Ajax component or behavior to reference
the name identifier of the &lt;a4j:status&gt; component.
Example 7.8. Updating a referenced &lt;a4j:status&gt; component
&lt;rich:panel&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;User Details Panel&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:panelGrid columns=&quot;3&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;User name:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputText value=&quot;#{userBean.name}&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax status=&quot;nameStatus&quot; event=&quot;keyup&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;a4j:status name=&quot;nameStatus&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;start&quot;&gt;
46
JavaScript API
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;/images/ai.gif&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/a4j:status&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Address:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputText value=&quot;#{userBean.address}&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax status=&quot;addressStatus&quot; event=&quot;keyup&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;a4j:status name=&quot;addressStatus&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;start&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;/images/ai.gif&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/a4j:status&gt;
&lt;/h:panelGrid&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
7.3.3. JavaScript API
The &lt;a4j:status&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript API
provides the following functions:
start()
Switches status to the start state.
stop()
Switches status to the stop state.
error()
Switches status to the error state.
7.3.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Status
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIStatus
• component-family: org.richfaces.Status
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.StatusRenderer
47
48
Part II. User interface components
Chapter 8.
Rich inputs
This chapter details components for user input and interaction.
8.1. &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt;
The &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt; component is an auto-completing input-box with built-in Ajax
capabilities. It supports client-side suggestions, browser-like selection, and customization of the
look and feel.
The auto-complete box is a standard JSF UIInput control with added validation.
Figure 8.1. &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt;
8.1.1. Basic usage
The value attribute stores the text entered by the user for the auto-complete box. Suggestions
shown in the auto-complete list can be specified using one of two different methods:
• The autocompleteMethod attribute points to a method which returns a list of suggestions
according to a supplied prefix.
client
and lazyClient modes
The prefix is normally ignored in client and lazyClient modes. In these modes,
the component requests the suggestion list once only, and performs filtering on
the client.
• The autocompleteList attribute points to a collection of suggestions.
Example 8.1. Defining suggestion values
Using the autocompleteMethod attribute
&lt;rich:autocomplete
value=&quot;#{bean.state}&quot;
autocompleteMethod=&quot;#{bean.autocomplete}&quot;
/
&gt;
51
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
The &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt; component uses the bean.autocomplete method to provide
suggestions, based on the entered prefix.
Using the autocompleteList attribute
&lt;rich:autocomplete
value=&quot;#{bean.state}&quot;
autocompleteList=&quot;#{bean.suggestions}&quot;
/
&gt;
The &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt; component retrieve the suggestion list from bean.suggestions.
8.1.2. Submission modes
Use the mode attribute to determine how the suggestion list is requested:
• The client setting pre-loads data to the client and uses the input to filter the possible
suggestions.
• The ajax setting fetches suggestions with every input change using Ajax requests.
• The lazyClient setting pre-loads data to the client and uses the input to filter the possible
suggestions. The filtering does not start until the input length matches a minimum value. Set
the minimum value with the minChars attribute.
• The cachedAjax setting pre-loads data via Ajax requests when the input length matches a
minimum value. Set the minimum value with the minChars attribute. All suggestions are handled
on the client until the input prefix is changed, at which point a new request is made based on
the new input prefix.
8.1.3. Interactivity options
Users can type into the text field to enter a value, which also searches through the suggestion
items in the drop-down box. By default, the first suggestion item is selected as the user types.
This behavior can be deactivated by setting selectFirst=&quot;false&quot;.
Setting autofill=&quot;true&quot; causes the &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt; to fill the text field box with a
matching suggestion as the user types.
To allow users to enter multiple values separated by specific characters, use the tokens attribute.
As the user types, a suggestion will present as normal. When they enter a character specified as a
token, this begins a new suggestion process, and the component only uses text entered after the
token character for suggestions. For example, if tokens=&quot;, &quot; is set, the &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt;
component uses both the comma and space characters as tokens to separate entries. When the
user enters a comma or a space, a new suggestion process begins.
52
Customizing the filter in client and lazyClient modes
Using tokens
When declaring tokens, avoid using any characters that are present in the list
of suggestions. This may cause unexpected behavior as the user expects the
character to match suggestions instead of separating suggested entries.
8.1.4. Customizing the filter in client and lazyClient modes
The &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt; component uses the JavaScript startsWith() method to create
the list of suggestions. The filtering is performed on the client side. Alternatively, use the
clientFilterFunction attribute to specify a custom filtering function. The custom function must
accept two parameters: the subString parameter is the filtering value as typed into the text box
by the user, and the value parameter is an item in the list of suggestions against which the
subString must be checked. Each item is iterated through and passed to the function as the
value parameter. The custom function must return a boolean value indicating whether the passed
item meets the conditions of the filter, and the suggestion list is constructed from successful items.
Example 8.2. Customizing the filter
This example demonstrates how to use a custom filter with the clientFilterFunction attribute.
The custom filter determines if the sub-string is contained anywhere in the suggestion item, instead
of just at the start.
&lt;script&gt;
function customFilter(subString, value){
if(subString.length&gt;=1) {
if(value.indexOf(subString)!=-1)
return true;
}else return false;
};
&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;rich:autocomplete mode=&quot;client&quot; minChars=&quot;0&quot; autofill=&quot;false&quot;
clientFilterFunction=&quot;customFilter&quot;
autocompleteMethod=&quot;#{autocompleteBean.autocomplete}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
8.1.5. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
getValue()
Get the current value of the text field.
53
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
setValue(newValue)
Set the value of the text field to the newValue string passed as a parameter.
showPopup()
Show the pop-up list of completion values.
hidePopup()
Hide the pop-up list.
focus()
Focus the input element.
8.1.6. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Autocomplete
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIAutocomplete
• component-family: javax.faces.Input
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.AutocompleteRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.AutocompleteHandler
8.1.7. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.1. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-au-fnt
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
controlBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-color
controlBackgroundColor
background-color
This class defines styles
for the auto-complete box
font.
.rf-au-inp
This class defines styles
for the auto-complete
input box.
.rf-au-fld
This class defines styles
for the auto-complete
field.
.rf-au-fld-btn
This class defines styles
for a button in the autocomplete field.
54
No skin parameters.
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-au-btn
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-left-color
This class defines styles
for the auto-complete box
button.
.rf-au-btn-arrow
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the button arrow.
.rf-au-btn-arrow-dis
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the button arrow when
it is disabled.
.rf-au-lst-scrl
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the scrollbar in the
auto-complete list.
.rf-au-itm
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for an item in the autocomplete list.
.rf-au-itm-sel
This class defines styles
for a selected item in the
auto-complete list.
.rf-au-shdw
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
generalTextColor
border-color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the auto-complete box
shadow.
.rf-au-shdw-t, .rf-au-
No skin parameters.
shdw-l, .rf-au-shdw-r,
.rf-au-shdw-b
These classes define
styles for the top, left,
right, and bottom part of
the auto-complete box
shadow.
.rf-au-tbl
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a table in the autocomplete box.
55
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
8.2. &lt;rich:calendar&gt;
The &lt;rich:calendar&gt; component allows the user to enter a date and time through an in-line or
pop-up calendar. The pop-up calendar can navigate through months and years, and its look and
feel can be highly customized.
Figure 8.2. &lt;rich:calendar&gt;
8.2.1. Basic usage
Basic usage of the &lt;rich:calendar&gt; component requires only the value attribute, which holds
the currently selected date. Example 8.3, “Basic usage” shows a basic declaration, with the value
pointing to a bean property. The bean property holds the selected date.
Example 8.3. Basic usage
&lt;rich:calendar value=&quot;#{bean.dateTest}&quot; /&gt;
8.2.2. Behavior and appearance
The &lt;rich:calendar&gt; component is presented as a pop-up by default, appearing as a text field
with a button to expand the full pop-up calendar. To render the calendar in-line on the page instead,
set popup=&quot;false. This displays the full calendar without the text field and display button.
To add keyboard support for manual input, set enableManualInput=&quot;true&quot;. To disable the
calendar from any user input, set disabled=&quot;true&quot;.
To change the appearance of the display button from the standard calendar icon, use the
buttonIcon and buttonDisabledIcon attributes to replace the icon with a specified file.
Alternatively, use the buttonLabel attribute to display text on the button without an icon. If
56
Time of day
buttonLabel is specified then both the buttonIcon and buttonDisabledIcon attributes are
ignored. To hide the text field box, set showInput=&quot;false&quot;.
The calendar features a Today button for locating today’s date on the calendar. This can be set
to three different values using the todayControlMode attribute:
• hidden, which does not display the button;
• select, the default setting, which scrolls the calendar to the current month and selects the
date; and
• scroll, which scrolls the calendar to the month but does not select the date.
• inactive, which displays the date but performs no action when clicked.
To make the entire calendar read-only, set readonly=&quot;true&quot;. This allows months and years to
be browsed through with the arrow controls, but dates and times cannot be selected.
Calendar also supports keyboard navigation, with the pop-up appearing when calendar gains
focus, if enableManualInput=&quot;true&quot; is set the pop-up can be brought up by the up arrow key.
• arrows keys - changing days/weeks
• pageDown, pageUp - changing months
• shift + pageDown, pageUp - changing years
• Enter - applying the selected date
• Esc - closing the popup
• T - selecting today
• C - clearing the selection
• H - opening the Time editor
• up/down arrows - increasing/decreasing value
• TAB - switching between hours, minutes, seconds, am/pm
• Esc - closing the editor
• Enter - saving the value and closing the editor
8.2.3. Time of day
The &lt;rich:calendar&gt; component can additionally allow a time of day to be specified with the
date. After selecting a date the option to set a time becomes available. The default time can be
57
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
set with the defaultTime attribute. If the time is altered and a new date is selected, it will not reset
unless resetTimeOnDateSelect=&quot;true&quot; is specified.
The date selection feature is activated if the time is present in the datePattern attribute for the
calendar.
Support for seconds
In RichFaces 4, the &lt;rich:calendar&gt; component supports times that include
seconds. Previous versions of RichFaces only supported hours and minutes.
8.2.4. Localization and formatting
Date and time strings can be formatted in a set pattern. Use standard locale formatting strings
specified by ISO 8601 (for example, d/M/yy HH:mm a) with the datePattern attribute to format
date and time strings.
To set the locale of the calendar, use the locale attribute. The calendar will render month and
day names in the relevant language. For example, to set the calendar to the US locale, specify
locale=&quot;en/US&quot;.
Use an application resource bundle to localize the calendar control labels. Define the following
strings in the resource bundle:
• The RICH_CALENDAR_APPLY_LABEL string is the label for the Apply button.
• The RICH_CALENDAR_TODAY_LABEL string is the label for the Today button.
• The RICH_CALENDAR_CLOSE_LABEL string is the label for the Close button.
• The RICH_CALENDAR_OK_LABEL string is the label for the OK button.
• The RICH_CALENDAR_CLEAN_LABEL string is the label for the Clean button.
• The RICH_CALENDAR_CANCEL_LABEL string is the label for the Cancel button.
Alternatively, use the org.richfaces.calendar resource bundle with Java Archive files ( JAR s)
defining the same properties.
8.2.5. Using a data model
The look and feel of the &lt;rich:calendar&gt; component can be customized through the use of a
data model on the server side. The component supports two different ways of loading data from
the server side through defining the mode attribute.
When the mode attribute is not specified, the component uses the client mode. The client
mode loads an initial portion of data within a set date range. The range can be defined by using
58
Client-side customization
the preloadDateRangeBegin and preloadDateRangeEnd attributes. Additional data requests for
months outside the range are not sent.
Alternatively, with mode=&quot;ajax&quot; the &lt;rich:calendar&gt; requests portions of data from the data
model every time the month is switched. The data model can be defined through the dataModel
attribute, which points to an object that implements the CalendarDataModel interface. If the
dataModel attribute is not defined or has a value of null, the ajax mode functions the same as
the client mode.
8.2.6. Client-side customization
Instead of using a data model, the &lt;rich:calendar&gt; component can be customized on the
client-side using JavaScript. Use the dayClassFunction attribute to reference the function that
determines the CSS style class for each day cell. Use the dayDisableFunction to reference the
function that enables or disables a day cell. Example 8.4, “Client-side customization” demonstrates
how client-side customization can be used to style different days in a calendar.
Example 8.4. Client-side customization
&lt;style&gt;
.everyThirdDay {
background-color: gray;
}
.weekendBold {
font-weight: bold;
font-style: italic;
}
&lt;/style&gt;
&lt;script type=&quot;text/javascript&quot;&gt;
var curDt = new Date();
function disablementFunction(day){
if (day.isWeekend) return false;
if (curDt==undefined){
curDt = day.date.getDate();
}
if (curDt.getTime() - day.date.getTime() &amp;lt; 0) return true;
else return false;
}
function disabledClassesProv(day){
if (curDt.getTime() - day.date.getTime() &amp;gt;= 0) return 'rf-ca-boundarydates';
var res = '';
if (day.isWeekend) res+='weekendBold ';
if (day.day%3==0) res+='everyThirdDay';
return res;
}
&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;rich:calendar dayDisableFunction=&quot;disablementFunction&quot;
59
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
dayClassFunction=&quot;disabledClassesProv&quot;
boundaryDatesMode=&quot;scroll&quot; /&gt;
8.2.7. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:calendar&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions:
showPopup()
Expand the pop-up calendar element.
hidePopup()
Collapse the pop-up calendar element.
switchPopup()
Invert the state of the pop-up calendar element.
getValue()
Return the selected date value of the calendar.
getValueAsString()
Return the selected date value of the calendar as a formatted string.
setValue(newValue)
Set the selected date value to the newValue date passed as a parameter. If the new date is
not in the currently displayed month, a request is performed to display the correct month.
resetValue()
Clear the selected date value.
today()
Select today’s date.
getCurrentMonth()
Return the number of the month currently being displayed.
getCurrentYear()
Return the number of the year currently being displayed.
showSelectedDate()
Show the calendar month that contains the currently selected date.
showDateEditor()
Show the date editor pop-up.
hideDateEditor()
Hide the date editor pop-up.
showTimeEditor()
Show the time editor pop-up.
60
Reference data
hideTimeEditor()
Hide the time editor pop-up.
focus()
Focus the input element.
8.2.8. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Calendar
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UICalendar
• component-family: org.richfaces.Calendar
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.CalendarRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.CalendarHandler
8.2.9. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.2. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-cal-extr
panelBorderColor
border-color
This class defines the
styles for a pop-up
calendar exterior.
.rf-cal-btn
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a calendar button.
.rf-cal-hdr
This class defines the
styles for a calendar
header.
.rf-cal-hdr-optnl
This class defines the
styles for an optional
header.
.rf-cal-hdr-month
This class defines the
styles for the month
header.
panelBorderColor
border-bottom-color
additionalBackgroundColor background-color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
panelBorderColor
border-bottom-color
additionalBackgroundColor background-color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
headerSizeFont
font-size
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerWeightFont
font-weight
headerTextColor
color
61
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-cal-ftr
panelBorderColor
border-right-color,
This class defines the
styles for a calendar
footer.
.rf-cal-ftr-optnl
This class defines the
styles for an optional
footer.
.rf-cal-tl
This class defines the
styles for calendar
toolbars.
.rf-cal-tl-ftr
border-bottom-color
additionalBackgroundColor background
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
panelBorderColor
border-right-color,
border-bottom-color
additionalBackgroundColor background
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
headerSizeFont
font-size
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerWeightFont
font-weight
headerTextColor
color
additionalBackgroundColor background
This class defines the
generalSizeFont
styles for a toolbar item in
generalFamilyFont
the calendar footer.
.rf-cal-tl-btn
font-size
font-family
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a toolbar button.
.rf-cal-tl-btn-dis
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a disabled toolbar
button.
.rf-cal-tl-btn-hov
This class defines the
styles for toolbar items
when it is hovered over
with the mouse cursor.
calendarWeekBackgroundColorbackground-color
generalTextColor
color
tableBackgroundColor
border-color
panelBorderColor
border-right-color,
border-bottom-color
.rf-cal-tl-btn-press
This class defines the
styles for toolbar items
when it is pressed.
62
panelBorderColor
border-color
panelBorderColor
border-right-color,
border-bottom-color
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-cal-tl-close
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for a Close button in a
toolbar.
.rf-cal-c
panelBorderColor
This class defines the
styles for regular calendar tableBackgroundColor
cells.
.rf-cal-c-cnt
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
background-color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the content of a cell.
.rf-cal-today
calendarCurrentBackgroundColor
background-color
This class defines
calendarCurrentTextColor
the styles for the cell
representing today’s date.
.rf-cal-sel
This class defines the
styles for the selected
day.
.rf-cal-hov
This class defines the
styles for a cell when it
is hovered over with the
mouse cursor.
.rf-cal-dis
color
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
headerTextColor
color
calendarSpecBackgroundColorbackground-color
calendarSpecTextColor
color
No skin parameters.
This class defines the
styles for a disabled cell.
.rf-cal-week
This class defines the
styles for week numbers.
.rf-cal-holiday
This class defines the
styles for weekends and
holidays.
panelBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
calendarWeekBackgroundColorbackground-color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
calendarHolidaysBackgroundColor
background-color
calendarHolidaysTextColor color
63
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-cal-boundary-day
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for an active boundary
button.
.rf-cal-sp-inp
This class defines the
styles for a spinner
input field in the popup element for time
selection.
.rf-cal-sp-inp-cntr
This class defines the
styles for a wrapper &lt;td&gt;
element for a spinner
input field in the popup element for time
selection.
.rf-cal-sp-btn
buttonSizeFont
font-size
buttonFamilyFont
font-family
controlBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-color
subBorderColor
border-right-color,
border-bottom-color
headerBackgroundColor
This class defines the
background-color, bordercolor
styles for a wrapper
&lt;td&gt; element for spinner
buttons in the popup element for time
selection.
.rf-cal-sp-up
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the Up spinner button.
.rf-cal-sp-down
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the Down spinner
button.
.rf-cal-sp-press
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a spinner button when
it is pressed.
.rf-cal-edtr-shdw
This class defines the
styles for the calendar
editor shadow.
64
tableBackgroundColor
background
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-cal-edtr-layout-shdw
shadowBackgroundColor
background-color
This class defines the
styles for the layout
shadow of a calendar
editor.
.rf-cal-edtr-btn
No skin parameters.
This class defines
styles for a button in the
calendar editor.
.rf-cal-edtr-btn-over
This class defines the
styles for the calendar
editor button when it is
hovered over with the
mouse cursor.
.rf-cal-edtr-btn-sel
This class defines the
styles for the calendar
editor button when it is
selected.
.rf-cal-edtr-tl-over
panelBorderColor
calendarSpecBackgroundColorbackground
calendarCurrentBackgroundColor
background-color
calendarCurrentTextColor
border-color
border-right-color,
border-bottom-color
additionalBackgroundColor background
This class defines the
panelBorderColor
styles for a toolbar item in
tableBackgroundColor
the calendar editor when
it is pressed.
.rf-cal-time-inp
color
additionalBackgroundColor background
This class defines the
tableBackgroundColor
styles for a toolbar item in
panelBorderColor
the calendar editor when
it is hovered over with the
mouse cursor.
.rf-cal-edtr-tl-press
border-color
border-color
border-right-color,
border-bottom-color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the time input field.
.rf-cal-time-btn
This class defines the
styles for a button in the
pop-up element for the
calendar’s time section.
tableBackgroundColor
border-color
panelBorderColor
border-right-color,
border-bottom-color
65
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-cal-time-btn-press
tableBackgroundColor
border-right-color,
border-bottom-color
This class defines the
styles for a pressed
panelBorderColor
border-color
button in the pop-up
calendarWeekBackgroundColorbackground-color
element for the calendar’s
time section.
.rf-cal-timepicker-cnt
This class defines the
styles for the content
of the pop-up element
during time selection.
.rf-cal-timepicker-inp
This class defines the
styles for an input field in
the time picker.
.rf-cal-timepicker-ok
panelBorderColor
border-color
additionalBackgroundColor background
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the OK button in the
time picker.
.rf-cal-timepicker-
No skin parameters.
cancel
This class defines styles
for the Cancel button in
the time picker.
.rf-cal-monthpicker-cnt
This class defines the
styles for the content
of the pop-up element
during month or year
selection.
.rf-cal-monthpicker-ok
This class defines the
styles for the OK button
for the month picker.
panelBorderColor
border-color
tableBackgroundColor
background
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
additionalBackgroundColor background
panelBorderColor
border-top-color
.rf-cal-monthpicker-
additionalBackgroundColor background
cancel
panelBorderColor
This class defines the
styles for the Cancel
button for the month
picker.
66
border-top-color
&lt;rich:editor&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-cal-monthpicker-
panelBorderColor
border-right-color
split
This class defines the
styles for the splitter in
the month picker.
8.3. &lt;rich:editor&gt;
The &lt;rich:editor&gt; component is used for creating a WYSIWYG editor on a page.
Figure 8.3. &lt;rich:editor&gt;
&lt;rich:editor&gt; component is based on the CKEditor implementation.
When rendering a &lt;rich:editor&gt;, a textarea is rendered to the page and once the page is
completely loaded (ready state), the textarea is enhanced using a CKEditor script and replaced
with a full-featured WYSIWYG editor.
8.3.1. Basic usage
Basic usage requires the value attribute to point to the expression for the current value of the
component.
Example 8.5. Basic usage of &lt;rich:editor&gt;
&lt;rich:editor value=&quot;#{backingBean.editedValue}&quot; /&gt;
67
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
&lt;h:outputText escape=&quot;false&quot; value=&quot;#{backingBean.editedValue}&quot; /&gt;
Note that the editor produces HTML markup and to be able to render it’s output, the markup needs
to be unescaped (as with &lt;h:outputText&gt; component in example above).
The dimensions of the editor can be managed using width and height attributes.
The readonly attribute can be used to switch the editor into a read-only mode.
The tabindex attribute specifies the position of the current element in the tabbing order for the
current document.
Note
The
to be registered for the url-pattern /
org.richfaces.resources/\* in order to serve the editor resources (JavaScript,
CSS, images) correctly. Check the RichFaces Developer’s Guide for further details.
ResourceServlet
has
Note
The &lt;rich:editor&gt; requires the &lt;h:body&gt; component to be present in the view
and must be an ancestor of the editor in order for the resource dependencies to
render correctly.
Note
The
inside
a
&lt;rich:popupPanel&gt;
requires
domElementAttachment attribute of the popup panel to be set to &quot;parent&quot;.
&lt;rich:editor&gt;
the
8.3.2. Styling
There are several options to customize the style of the editor:
• style, styleClass: customizes the style of the editor and underlying textarea
• editorStyle, editorClass: customizes the style of the CKEditor instance
• textareaStyle, textareaClass: customizes the style of the underlying textarea
8.3.3. Editor skins
The &lt;rich:editor&gt; is skinnable using the JavaScript API of the CKeditor. Refer to the CKeditor
documentation on installing skins [http://docs.ckeditor.com/#!/guide/dev_skins] for details on how
to customize the look and feel of the editor component.
68
Advanced configuration
8.3.4. Advanced configuration
The basic set of &lt;rich:editor&gt; attributes allows you to support common use-cases for
a WYSIWYG editor. However the underlying CKEditor implementation supports many more
configuration options.
Use the config attribute to define any of these advanced configuration options supported by the
CKEditor. This configuration is written in JavaScript object format and its value is interpolated for
EL expressions (making configuration dynamic).
There are two ways to define the configuration: the config attribute or a facet named config.
The facet takes precedence over attribute when both are defined.
&lt;rich:editor config=&quot;startupFocus: #{userPreferences.startupFocus}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;rich:editor&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;config&quot;&gt;
startupFocus: #{userPreferences.startupFocus}
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:editor&gt;
In the above samples, the &lt;rich:editor&gt; is configured to take focus after loading the page as
defined by the userPreference bean. Definitions using either attribute or facet are equivalent.
Note
For further configuration options, refer to CKEditor 4 Developer Guide [http://
docs.ckeditor.com/#!/guide] and CKEditor 4 configuration reference [http://
docs.ckeditor.com/#!/api/CKEDITOR.config].
8.3.5. Toolbar customization
The &lt;rich:editor&gt; supports a toolbar attribute, which is able to change the configuration of
the toolbar’s button set. There are two configurations available: basic (default), full (enables
all of the features).
It is also possible to define a custom toolbar using the CKEditor toolbar configuration in a config
facet:
&lt;rich:editor toolbar=&quot;CustomToolbar&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;config&quot;&gt;
toolbar_CustomToolbar:
[
{ name: 'document', items : [ 'NewPage','Preview' ] },
{ name: 'clipboard', items : [ 'Cut','Copy','Paste','-','Undo','Redo' ] },
69
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
{ name: 'editing', items : [ 'Find','Replace','-','SelectAll','','Scayt' ] },
{ name: 'insert', items : [ 'Image', 'Flash', 'Table', 'HorizontalRule',
'Smiley', 'SpecialChar', 'PageBreak', 'Iframe' ] },
'/',
{ name: 'styles', items : [ 'Styles','Format' ] },
{ name: 'basicstyles', items : [ 'Bold','Italic','Strike','','RemoveFormat' ] },
{ name: 'paragraph', items : [ 'NumberedList','BulletedList','','Outdent','Indent','-','Blockquote' ] },
{ name: 'links', items : [ 'Link','Unlink','Anchor' ] },
{ name: 'tools', items : [ 'Maximize' ] }
]
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:editor&gt;
Note that toolbar name ( CustomToolbar) needs to match the toolbar_&lt;name&gt; configuration
option.
8.3.6. Internationalization and localization
The &lt;rich:editor&gt; comes with a lang attribute which allows you to change the localization
of the editor. For language configuration options, refer to http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/struct/
dirlang.html.
The lang attribute influences following settings:
• underlying textarea - specifies the i18n settings for received and submitted content
• editor value - specifies the i18n settings for value edited in WYSIWYG mode
• default settings of localization of editor controls and interface
However the interface first localized using the browser configuration (usually determined by client
system settings). To force the editor to use a specific localization for the interface, you use the
advanced CKEditor configuration option language, as in following sample:
&lt;rich:editor lang=&quot;fr&quot; config=&quot;language: 'fr'&quot; /&gt;
The above sample forces the editor to use a french interface, suppressing the browser preferred
settings.
8.3.7. Client-side event handlers
The &lt;rich:editor&gt; component produces set of events for handling component specific
interaction.
• init - once the editor is initialized and ready to be handle user interaction
70
JavaScript API
• focus - once the editor is focused
• blur - once the editor is blurred
• change - fired on blur event when editor content has been changed after previous focus
• dirty - fired immediately after editor content has been changed
Events can be handled either by registering a JavaScript event handler or by attaching JSF
behavior:
&lt;rich:editor value=&quot;#{backingBean.editorValue}&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax event=&quot;change&quot; render=&quot;editorOutput&quot; /&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax event=&quot;dirty&quot; render=&quot;editorOutput&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:attachQueue requestDelay=&quot;1000&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/a4j:ajax&gt;
&lt;/rich:editor&gt;
&lt;a4j:outputPanel id=&quot;editorOutput&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText escape=&quot;false&quot; value=&quot;#{backingBean.editorValue}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/a4j:outputPanel&gt;
The example above shows the editor and its output, which is updated every second after each
instant change or immediately after user focus leaves the editor area.
8.3.8. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:editor&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions:
getValue()
Get the current value of the input control.
setValue(newValue)
Set the value of the input control to the newValue string passed as a parameter.
getEditor()
Returns the CKEditor object instance associated to given &lt;rich:editor&gt; component.
getInput()
Returns the associated textarea.
focus()
Gives focus to this component
blur()
Removes focus from this component
isFocused()
Returns true if this component is focused
71
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
isDirty()
Returns true if editor is focused and it was edited from last focus event (reset by blur event,
by using setValue(newValue) call and when component is re-rendered)
isValueChanged()
Returns true if the control’s value has been changed from the default (reset by
setValue(newValue) call and when component is re-rendered)
isRead0nly()
Returns true if editor content is editable.
setRead0nly(readonly)
When readonly is true, editor will be switched to editable state. Otherwise, it will be switched
to readonly state.
8.3.9. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Editor
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIEditor
• component-family: org.richfaces.Editor
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.EditorRenderer
8.3.10. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.3. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.cke_skin_richfaces
panelBorderColor
border-color
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_wrapper
editorMainBackgroundColor background-color
panelBorderColor
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_dialog_body
generalBackgroundColor
headerBackgroundColor
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_dialog_title
border-color
background
repeat-x
headerWeightFont
font-weight
headerTextColor
color
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerSizeFont
font-size
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_path
editorMainTextColor
color
a,
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_path .cke_empty
additionalBackgroundColor background-color
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_button
a.cke_on
72
&lt;rich:fileUpload&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
panelBorderColor
border-color
panelBorderColor
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_button
border-color
a:hover,
background-color
tabBackgroundColor
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_button
a:focus,
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_button
a:active
panelBorderColor
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_rcombo
border-color
a,
generalSizeFont
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_rcombo
generalFamilyFont
a:active,
controlTextColor
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_rcombo
font-size
a:hover
background-color
controlBackgroundColor
headerBackgroundColor
.cke_skin_richfaces .cke_rcombo
.cke_openbutton
panelBorderColor
font-family
color
background-color
border-left-color
8.4. &lt;rich:fileUpload&gt;
The &lt;rich:fileUpload&gt; component allows the user to upload files to a server. It features multiple
uploads, progress bars, restrictions on file types, and restrictions on sizes of the files to be
uploaded.
8.4.1. Basic usage
Basic usage requires the fileUploadListener attribute. Use the attribute to reference a listener
function on the server side after each file is uploaded. The listener should process files as required,
such as storing them in the session/db/filesystem/ directory. The component itself does not
store uploaded files, so if the listener is not implemented they are not stored anywhere.
Example 8.6. Basic usage
&lt;rich:fileUpload fileUploadListener=&quot;#{bean.listener}&quot; /&gt;
8.4.2. Upload settings
Files are uploaded to either the temporary folder (different for each operating
system) or to RAM (random-access memory), depending on the value of the
org.richfaces.fileUpload.createTempFiles context parameter of the web.xml settings file
for the project. If the parameter is set to true, the files are uploaded to the temporary folder.
To limit the maximum size of the uploaded files, define the byte size with the maxfileSize
parameter on the component or with org.richfaces.fileUpload.maxRequestSize context
73
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
parameter of the web.xml settings file for the project. Locally set maxFileSize (if not set to 0) will
override the global maxRequestSize.
Note
Your server might require additional configuration, e.g. WildFly allows requests
only up to 10 MB by default.
8.4.3. Sanitizing file upload input
Any file is accepted by rich:fileUpload component by default. There are several parameters
available for limiting what can user upload to the server:
maxFilesQuantity
The maxFilesQuantity parameter defines maximum number of files allowed to be uploaded.
After a number of files in the list equals to the value of this attribute, &quot;Add&quot; button disappears
and nothing could be uploaded even if you clear the whole list. In order to upload files again
you should rerender the component.
acceptedTypes
The acceptedTypes parameter defines comma separated list of file extensions accepted
by component. The component does not provide any feedback when rejecting file. For
introducing feedback for rejection, use ontyperejected parameter.
ontyperejected
The ontyperejected parameter defines event handler when file does not meet conditions
stated by acceptedTypes parameter.
maxFileSize
The maxFileSize parameter defines the maximum allowed size for a file.
onsizerejected
The onsizerejected parameter defines event handler when file exceeds the size defined by
maxFileSize parameter.
8.4.4. Interactivity options
Set the immediateUpload attribute to true to upload files as soon as they are added to the list,
rather than waiting for the user to press the Upload button.
The text labels used in the component can be completely customized. Labels for the various
controls of the component can be set using the following parameters:
addLabel
The addLabel parameter sets the label for the Add button.
clearAllLabel
The clearAllLabel parameter sets the label for the Clear All button.
74
&lt;rich:fileUpload&gt; client-side events
clearLabel
The clearLabel parameter sets the label for the Clear button.
uploadLabel
The uploadLabel parameter sets the label for the Upload button.
The &lt;rich:fileUpload&gt; component provides a built-in progress bar to indicate the progress
of each file that is uploaded. This progress bar can be replaced with a &lt;rich:progressBar&gt;
component added to the progress facet. Refer to Section 13.8, “&lt;rich:progressBar&gt;” for details
on the &lt;rich:progressBar&gt; component.
To disable the &lt;rich:fileUpload&gt; component, use the disabled attribute.
8.4.5. &lt;rich:fileUpload&gt; client-side events
There are a number of event handlers specific to the &lt;rich:fileUpload&gt; component:
• filesubmit is triggered before a file is uploaded.
• uploadcomplete is triggered after all files in the list have finished uploading.
8.4.6. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.FileUpload
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIFileUpload
• component-family: org.richfaces.FileUpload
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.FileUploadRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.FileUploadHandler
8.4.7. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.4. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-fu
generalBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-color
headerBackgroundColor
background-color, border-
This class defines styles
for the file upload control.
.rf-fu-hdr
This class defines styles
color
for the header of the file
upload control.
.rf-fu-lst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for lists in the file upload
control.
75
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-fu-cntr-hdn
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines
styles for the file upload
container when it is
hidden.
.rf-fu-btns-lft, .rf-fu-
No skin parameters.
btns-rgh
These classes define
styles for buttons on the
left and right of the file
upload control.
.rf-fu-btn-add
This class defines styles
for the Add button in the
file upload control.
.rf-fu-btn-cnt-add
trimColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-color
generalTextColor
color
This class defines styles
generalFamilyFont
for the content of the Add
generalSizeFont
button in the file upload
control.
.rf-fu-btn-add-dis
This class defines styles
for the Add button in the
file upload control when it
is disabled.
.rf-fu-btn-cnt-add-dis
This class defines styles
for the content of the
Add button in the file
upload control when it is
disabled.
.rf-fu-btn-upl
This class defines styles
for the Upload button in
the file upload control.
.rf-fu-btn-cnt-upl
This class defines styles
for the content of the
Upload button in the file
upload control.
76
font-family
font-size
tableFooterBackgroundColor background-color
tableFooterBackgroundColor border-color
tabDisabledTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
trimColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-color
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-fu-btn-clr
trimColor
background-color
This class defines styles
panelBorderColor
for the Clear button in the
file upload control.
.rf-fu-btn-cnt-clr
This class defines styles
for the content of the
Clear button in the file
upload control.
.rf-fu-itm
border-color
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
panelBorderColor
border-bottom-color
This class defines styles
for an item in the file
upload control.
.rf-fu-itm-lft, .rf-fu-
No skin parameters.
itm-rgh
These classes define
styles for items on the left
and right of the file upload
control.
.rf-fu-itm-lbl
This class defines styles
for the label of an item in
the file upload control.
.rf-fu-itm-st
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalTextColor
color
This class defines styles
generalFamilyFont
for the status of an item in
generalSizeFont
the file upload control.
.rf-fu-itm-lnk
This class defines styles
for a link item in the file
upload control.
.rf-fu-inp
font-family
font-size
generalLinkColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the input field in the
file upload control.
.rf-fu-inp-cntr
No skin parameters.
This class defines
styles for the input field
container in the file
upload control.
77
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
8.5. &lt;rich:inplaceInput&gt;
The &lt;rich:inplaceInput&gt; component allows information to be entered in-line in blocks of text,
improving readability of the text. Multiple input regions can be navigated with keyboard navigation.
The component has three functional states: the view state, where the component displays its initial
setting, such as &quot;click to edit&quot;; the edit state, where the user can input text; and the &quot;changed&quot; state,
where the new value for the component has been confirmed but can be edited again if required.
8.5.1. Basic usage
Basic usage requires the value attribute to point to the expression for the current value of the
component. Validation and conversion rules for the JSF UIInput control apply as usual.
8.5.2. Interactivity options
When in the initial view state, the starting label can be set using the defaultLabel attribute.
Alternatively, if the initial value is already set through the value attribute, this is displayed instead.
Once the user has entered text, the label is stored in the model specified by the value attribute.
The use of the default label and value is shown in Example 8.7, “Default label and value”.
Example 8.7. Default label and value
&lt;rich:inplaceInput value=&quot;#{bean.value}&quot; defaultLabel=&quot;click to edit&quot;/&gt;
By default, the event to switch the component to the edit state is a single mouse click. This can
be changed using the editEvent attribute to specify a different event.
The user can confirm and save their input in multiple ways:
• By default, pressing the Enter key will confirm and save the input.
• If showControls=&quot;true&quot; is set, buttons for confirming or canceling are added to the component.
• If saveOnBlur=&quot;true&quot; is set, the input is saved on the component’s blur event.
Pressing the Esc key cancels editing in all cases.
8.5.3. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:inplaceInput&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
getValue()
Get the current value of the input control.
setValue(newValue)
Set the value of the input control to the newValue string passed as a parameter.
78
Reference data
isEditState()
Returns true if the control is currently in the edit state, or false if the control is currently in
the view state.
isValueChanged()
Returns true if the control’s value has been changed from the default.
save()
Saves the current item as the control’s value.
cancel()
Cancel editing the value.
getInput()
Return the DOM element for the input.
open()
Turn on the editable state and focus the input.
8.5.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.InplaceInput
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIInplaceInput
• component-family: org.richfaces.InplaceInput
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.InplaceInputRenderer
8.5.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.5. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ii
editorBackgroundColor
background-color
generalTextColor
border-bottom-color
This class defines styles
for the in-place input
when it is in the default
state.
.rf-ii-act
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the in-place input
when it is in the editing
state.
.rf-ii-chng
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the in-place input
79
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
when it is in the changed
state.
.rf-ii-dis
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the in-place input
when it is in the disabled
state.
.rf-ii-fld
editBackgroundColor
This class defines styles
for the in-place input field. generalTextColor
.rf-ii-lbl
This class defines styles
for the label of the inplace input.
.rf-ii-dflt-lbl
background-color, borderbottom-color
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalTextColor
color
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the default label of the
in-place input.
.rf-ii-btn
This class defines styles
for the buttons for the inplace input.
.rf-ii-btn-p
tabBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-color
tabBackgroundColor
background-color
This class defines styles
panelBorderColor
for the buttons for the inplace input when they are
pressed.
.rf-ii-btn-set, .rf-ii-
No skin parameters.
btn-prepos, .rf-ii-btnpos
These classes define the
positioning of the buttons.
.rf-ii-btn-shdw
This class defines styles
for the button shadows
for the in-place input.
80
No skin parameters.
border-color
&lt;rich:inplaceSelect&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-ii-btn-shdw-t, .rf-
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
ii-btn-shdw-b, .rf-iibtn-shdw-l, .rf-ii-btnshdw-r
These classes define
the top, bottom, left, and
right edge of the button
shadows.
.rf-ii-none
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the in-place input
when it cannot be edited.
8.6. &lt;rich:inplaceSelect&gt;
The &lt;rich:inplaceSelect&gt; component is similar to the &lt;rich:inplaceInput&gt; component,
except that the &lt;rich:inplaceSelect&gt; component uses a drop-down selection box to enter
text instead of a regular text field. Changes can be rendered either in-line or for the whole
block, and inputs can be focused with keyboard navigation. The component is based on the JSF
UISelectOne component, so all the standard rules for value definition, processing, conversion,
and validation apply.
The component has three functional states:
• When in the view state, the component displays its initial setting, such as &quot;click to edit&quot;.
• When in the edit state, the user can select a value from a drop-down list.
• When in the changed state, the new value for the component has been confirmed, but it can
be edited again if required.
Figure 8.4. &lt;rich:inplaceSelect&gt;
81
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
8.6.1. Basic usage
Basic usage requires the value attribute to point to the expression for the current value of the
component and a list of items. The list of items can be defined using the JSF components
&lt;f:selectItem/&gt; and &lt;f:selectItems/&gt;.
Example 8.8. Defining list items for &lt;rich:inplaceSelect&gt;
&lt;rich:inplaceSelect value=&quot;#{bean.inputValue}&quot; defaultLabel=&quot;click to edit&quot; &gt;
&lt;f:selectItems value=&quot;#{bean.selectItems}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;f.selectItem itemValue=&quot;1&quot; itemLabel=&quot;Item 1&quot; /&gt;
&lt;f.selectItem itemValue=&quot;2&quot; itemLabel=&quot;Item 2&quot; /&gt;
&lt;f.selectItem itemValue=&quot;3&quot; itemLabel=&quot;Item 3&quot; /&gt;
&lt;f.selectItem itemValue=&quot;4&quot; itemLabel=&quot;Item 4&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:inplaceSelect&gt;
8.6.2. Interactivity options
When in the initial view state, the starting label can be set using the defaultLabel attribute, such
as defaultLabel=&quot;click to edit&quot;. Alternatively, if the initial value is already set through the
value attribute, this is displayed instead.
By default, the event to switch the component to the edit state is a single mouse click. This can be
changed using the editEvent attribute to specify a different event. When switching to edit mode,
the drop-down list of possible values will automatically be displayed; this can be deactivated by
setting openOnEdit=&quot;false&quot;.
Once a new value for the control is saved, the state switches to the &quot;changed&quot; state. Saving a
new value for the control can be performed in a number of ways:
• Once the user selects an item from the drop-down list, the item is saved as the new control
value. This is the default setting. If saveOnSelect=&quot;false&quot; is set, the component applies the
selected item but remains in the edit state so a different selection could be chosen. The value
is then applied when the Enter key is pressed.
• If saveOnBlur=&quot;true&quot; is set, the selected item is saved as the new control value when the
control loses focus.
• If showControls=&quot;true&quot; is set, buttons are added to the control to confirm or cancel the
selection. The new control value is only saved once the user confirms the selection using the
button.
Pressing the Esc key cancels editing in all cases.
82
JavaScript API
8.6.3. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:inplaceSelect&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
getValue()
Get the current value of the select control.
setValue(newValue)
Set the value of the select control to the newValue string passed as a parameter.
isEditState()
Returns true if the control is currently in the edit state, or false if the control is currently in
the view state.
isValueChanged()
Returns true if the control’s value has been changed from the default.
save()
Saves the current item as the control’s value.
cancel()
Cancel editing the value.
getInput()
Return the input entered into the control by the user.
getLabel()
Return the default label of the control.
setLabel(newLabel)
Set the default label of the control to the newLabel string passed as a parameter.
showPopup()
Show the pop-up list of possible values.
hidePopup()
Hide the pop-up list.
open()
Turn on the editable state and focus the input.
8.6.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.InplaceSelect
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIInplaceSelect
• component-family: org.richfaces.Select
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.InplaceSelectRenderer
83
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
8.6.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.6. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-is
editorBackgroundColor
background-color
generalTextColor
border-bottom-color
This class defines styles
for the in-place select
when it is in the default
state.
.rf-is-act
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the in-place select
when it is in the editing
state.
.rf-is-chng
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the in-place select
when it is in the changed
state.
.rf-is-dis
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the in-place select
when it is in the disabled
state.
.rf-is-fld
This class defines styles
for the in-place select
field.
.rf-is-opt
editBackgroundColor
background
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalTextColor
border-color
generalTextColor
border-color
This class defines styles
for an option for the inplace select.
.rf-is-sel
This class defines styles
for the selected option of
the in-place select.
.rf-is-lbl
This class defines styles
for the label of the inplace select.
84
No skin parameters.
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-is-dflt-lbl
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the default label of the
in-place select.
.rf-is-edit
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the in-place select
when it is being edited.
.rf-is-btn
This class defines styles
for the buttons for the inplace select.
.rf-is-btn-p
This class defines styles
for the buttons for the inplace select when they
are pressed.
.rf-is-btn-set, .rf-is-
tabBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-color
tabBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-color
No skin parameters.
btn-prepos, .rf-is-btnpos
These classes define the
positioning of the buttons.
.rf-is-lst-pos
No skin parameters.
This class defines the
positioning of the list.
.rf-is-lst-dec
This class defines styles
for a decreasing list for
the in-place select.
.rf-is-lst-scrl
editBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the list scrollbar.
.rf-is-shdw
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the in-place select
shadow.
85
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-is-shdw-t, .rf-is-
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
shdw-b, .rf-is-shdw-l,
.rf-is-shdw-r
These classes define
the top, bottom, left, and
right edge of the in-place
select shadows.
.rf-is-btn-shdw
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the button shadows
for the in-place select.
.rf-is-none
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the in-place select
when it cannot be edited.
8.7. &lt;rich:inputNumberSlider&gt;
The &lt;rich:inputNumberSlider&gt; component provides a slider for changing numerical values.
Optional features include control arrows to step through the values, a tool-tip to display the value
while sliding, and a text field for typing the numerical value which can then be validated against
the slider’s range.
Figure 8.5. &lt;rich:inputNumberSlider&gt;
8.7.1. Basic usage
Basic use of the component with no attributes specified will render a slider with a minimum value
of 0, a maximum of 100, and a gradient step of 1, together with a text field for typing the desired
numerical value. The slider is labeled with the minimum and maximum boundary values, and a
tool-tip showing the current value is shown while sliding the slider. The value attribute is used
86
Interactivity options
for storing the currently selected value of the slider. Standard conversion and validation for the
JSF UIInput component is applied.
8.7.2. Interactivity options
The text field can be removed by setting showInput=&quot;false&quot;.
The properties of the slider can be set with the attributes minValue, maxValue, and step.
The
minimum
and
maximum labels on the slider can be hidden by setting
showBoundaryValues=&quot;false&quot;. The tool-tip showing the current value can be hidden by setting
showToolTip=&quot;false&quot;.
Arrow controls can be added to either side of the slider to adjust the value incrementally by setting
showArrows=&quot;true&quot;. Clicking the arrows move the slider indicator in that direction by the gradient
step, and clicking and holding the arrows moves the indicator continuously. The time delay for
each step when updating continuously can be defined using the delay attribute.
8.7.3. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:inputNumberSlider&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
getValue()
Get the current value of the slider control.
setValue(newValue)
Set the value of the slider control to the newValue integer passed as a parameter.
increase()
Increase the value of the slider control by the gradient step amount.
decrease()
Decrease the value of the slider control by the gradient step amount.
focus()
Focus the input element.
8.7.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.InputNumberSlider
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.html.HtmlInputNumberSlider
• component-family: org.richfaces.Input
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.InputNumberSliderRenderer
87
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
8.7.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.7. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-insl
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the number slider
itself.
.rf-insl-trc
This class defines styles
for the number slider
track.
.rf-insl-trc-cntr
controlBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-bottom-color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the container of the
number slider track.
.rf-insl-mn
This class defines styles
for the minimum label on
the number slider.
.rf-insl-mx
This class defines styles
for the maximum label
on the number slider.
.rf-insl-inp
This class defines styles
for the input field on the
number slider.
.rf-insl-inp-cntr
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalTextColor
color
panelBorderColor
border-left-color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalTextColor
color
panelBorderColor
border-right-color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalTextColor
color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the container of the
input field.
.rf-insl-hnd
This class defines styles
for the handle on the
number slider.
88
No skin parameters.
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-insl-hnd-cntr
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the container of the
handle.
.rf-insl-hnd-sel
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the handle when it is
selected.
.rf-insl-hnd-dis
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the handle when it is
selected.
.rf-insl-dec, .rf-insl-
No skin parameters.
inc
These classes define
styles for the step
controls to decrease and
increase the number.
.rf-insl-dec-sel, .rf-
No skin parameters.
insl-inc-sel
These classes define
styles for the step
controls when they are
selected.
.rf-insl-dec-dis, .rf-
No skin parameters.
insl-inc-dis
These classes define
styles for the step
controls when they are
disabled.
.rf-insl-tt
This class defines styles
for the tool-tip on the
number slider.
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalTextColor
color
tipBorderColor
border
tipBackgroundColor
background-color
89
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
8.8. &lt;rich:inputNumberSpinner&gt;
The &lt;rich:inputNumberSpinner&gt; component is a single-line input field with buttons to increase
and decrease a numerical value. The value can be changed using the corresponding directional
keys on a keyboard, or by typing into the field.
Figure 8.6. &lt;rich:inputNumberSpinner&gt;
8.8.1. Basic usage
Basic use of the component with no attributes specified will render a number spinner with a
minimum value of 1, a maximum value of 100, and a gradient step of 1.
These default properties can be re-defined with the attributes minValue, maxValue, and step
respectively. The starting value of the spinner is the minimum value unless otherwise specified
with the value attribute.
8.8.2. Interactivity options
When changing the value using the buttons, raising the value above the maximum or cause
the spinner to restart at the minimum value. Likewise, when lowering below the minimum value
the spinner will reset to the maximum value. This behavior can be deactivated by setting
cycled=&quot;false&quot;, which will cause the buttons to stop responding when the reach the maximum
or minimum value.
The ability to change the value by typing into the text field can be disabled by setting
enableManualInput=&quot;false&quot;.
8.8.3. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:inputNumberSpinner&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
getValue()
Get the current value of the spinner control.
setValue(newValue)
Set the value of the spinner control to the newValue integer passed as a parameter.
increase()
Increase the value of the spinner control by the gradient step amount.
decrease()
Decrease the value of the spinner control by the gradient step amount.
focus()
Focus the input element.
90
Reference data
8.8.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.InputNumberSpinner
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.html.HtmlInputNumberSpinner
• component-family: org.richfaces.Input
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.InputNumberSpinnerRenderer
8.8.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.8. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-insp
panelBorderColor
border-color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalTextColor
color
controlBackgroundColor
background-color
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-left-color
This class defines styles
for the number spinner
itself.
.rf-insp-inp
This class defines styles
for the input field on the
number spinner.
.rf-insp-btns
This class defines styles
for the buttons on the
number spinner.
.rf-insp-dec, .rf-insp-
No skin parameters.
inc
These classes define
styles for the step
controls to decrease and
increase the number.
.rf-insp-dec-dis, .rf-
No skin parameters.
insp-inc-dis
These classes define
styles for the step
controls when they are
disabled.
8.9. &lt;rich:select&gt;
The &lt;rich:select&gt; component provides a drop-down list box for selecting a single value from
multiple options. The &lt;rich:select&gt; component can be configured as a &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt;,
91
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
where it will accept typed input. The component also supports keyboard navigation. The
&lt;rich:select&gt; component functions similarly to the JSF UISelectOne component.
The &lt;rich:select&gt; can optionally be used in an auto-completing mode, where the values
in the drop-down list are provided dynamically using either the autocompleteMethod or
autocompleteList attributes. If these attributes are omitted, the component operates in the
traditional non-auto-completing mode. Refer to the individual attribute documentation [http://
docs.jboss.org/richfaces/latest_4_X/vdldoc/rich/select.html] to see which attributes are applicable
only with an auto-completing select list. Additionally refer to the &lt;rich:autocomplete&gt; section
for details on configuring the ajax behaviour of the &lt;rich:select&gt; component.
Figure 8.7. &lt;rich:select&gt;
8.9.1. Basic usage
Simple usage of the &lt;rich:select&gt; component requires the value attribute to store the selected
value. Additionally, child tags to manage the list of selections are required. The child tags can
either be a number of &lt;f:selectItem&gt; tags or a &lt;f:selectItems&gt; tag which points to a data
model containing a list of selection items. The value attribute is used to store the current selection.
In auto-completing mode var attribute is required, &lt;f:selectItems&gt; tag is not used.
Example 8.9. Selection items
Using multiple &lt;f:selectItem&gt; tags
&lt;rich:select&gt;
&lt;f:selectItem
&lt;f:selectItem
&lt;f:selectItem
&lt;f:selectItem
&lt;f:selectItem
&lt;/rich:select&gt;
itemValue=&quot;0&quot;
itemValue=&quot;1&quot;
itemValue=&quot;2&quot;
itemValue=&quot;3&quot;
itemValue=&quot;4&quot;
itemLabel=&quot;Option
itemLabel=&quot;Option
itemLabel=&quot;Option
itemLabel=&quot;Option
itemLabel=&quot;Option
Using a single &lt;f:selectItems&gt; tag
&lt;rich:select&gt;
&lt;f:selectItems value=&quot;#{bean.options}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:select&gt;
92
1&quot;
2&quot;
3&quot;
4&quot;
5&quot;
/&gt;
/&gt;
/&gt;
/&gt;
/&gt;
Using manual input
Auto-completing functionality
&lt;rich:select autocompleteList=&quot;#{bean.suggestions}&quot; var=&quot;s&quot; /&gt;
The arrow keys on a keyboard can be used to highlight different items in the list. If the control
loses focus or the Enter key is pressed, the highlighted option is chosen as the value and the list
is closed. Pressing the Esc key will close the list but not change the value.
8.9.2. Using manual input
The &lt;rich:select&gt; component allows the user to type into a text field to scroll through or filter
the list. By default, the &lt;rich:select&gt; component functions as a drop-down list with no manual
input. To add keyboard support for manual input, set enableManualInput=&quot;true&quot;.
Once the user begins typing, the first available matching option is highlighted. If the typed text
does not match any values in the list, no value is chosen and the drop-down list displays as empty.
Other keyboard interaction remains the same as the basic drop-down list.
The standard JSF &lt;h:selectOne&gt; component does not offer this extended keyboard support.
However, since the &lt;rich:select&gt; component is still based on the JSF UISelectOne component,
it will not accept a value that does not match any items in the drop-down list. If an invalid value is
entered, it is highlighted as erroneous and validation messages appear with the submission.
8.9.3. Advanced options
Use the defaultLabel attribute to set a place-holder label, such as defaultLabel=&quot;select an
option&quot;.
Server-side processing occurs in the same manner as for an &lt;h:selectOneMenu&gt; component.
As such, custom objects used for selection items should use the same converters as for an
&lt;h:selectOneMenu&gt; component.
8.9.4. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:select&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions:
getValue()
Get the current value of the text field.
setValue(newValue)
Set the value of the text field to the newValue string passed as a parameter.
getLabel()
Return the default label of the control.
93
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
showPopup()
Show the pop-up list of completion values.
hidePopup()
Hide the pop-up list.
focus()
Focus the input element.
8.9.5. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Select
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UISelect
• component-family: org.richfaces.Select
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.SelectRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.AutocompleteHandler
8.9.6. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.9. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-sel
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the select control
itself.
.rf-sel-cntr
panelBorderColor
border-color
controlBackgroundColor
background-color
This class defines styles
for the container of the
select control.
.rf-sel-inp
This class defines styles
for the select control input
field.
.rf-sel-fld-err
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the input field when an
error occurs.
.rf-sel-opt
This class defines styles
for an option in the select
control.
94
generalTextColor
color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
&lt;rich:orderingList&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-sel-sel
generalTextColor
border-color
This class defines styles
for the selected option of
the select control.
.rf-sel-dflt-lbl
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the default label of the
select control.
.rf-sel-btn
This class defines styles
for the button of the
select control.
.rf-sel-btn-arrow
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-left-color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the arrow on the
button.
.rf-sel-btn-dis
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the button of the
select control when it is
disabled.
.rf-sel-lst-scrl
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the list scrollbar.
.rf-sel-shdw
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the select control
shadow.
.rf-sel-shdw-t, .rf-sel-
No skin parameters.
shdw-b, .rf-sel-shdw-l,
.rf-sel-shdw-r
These classes define the
top, bottom, left, and right
edge of the select control
shadows.
8.10. &lt;rich:orderingList&gt;
The &lt;rich:orderingList&gt; is a component for ordering items in a list (client-side).
95
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
Figure 8.8. &lt;rich:select&gt;
8.10.1. Basic usage
To use the &lt;rich:orderingList&gt; bind the value attribute to the list to be ordered. The var
attribute specifies a variable to use when iterating through the list values. The var attribute is
used within the itemLabel to assign the object value to be displayed. Similarly, the var attribute
is used within the itemValue attribute to specify the object value mapped by the display value. If
the itemValue is not of type String, a converter must be specified for this itemValue using either
the converter attribute, or a nested &lt;f:converter&gt; tag.
Example 8.10. ItemLabel/ItemValue use
Using the itemLabel and itemValue attributes
&lt;rich:orderingList value=&quot;#{listSelectBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;capital&quot; itemValue=&quot;#{capital}&quot; item
&lt;f:converter converterId=&quot;CapitalsConverter&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:orderingList&gt;
The arrow keys on a keyboard can be used to highlight different items in the list. Pressing the
ctrlmodifier with the arrow keys will move the selected item up or down within the list.
8.10.2. Column Layout
In addition to the above simple itemLabel display, the &lt;rich:orderingList&gt; supports a columnar
layout of the itemValues to be sorted. This is achieved by nesting &lt;rich:column&gt; tags within the
orderingList, and referencing the var attribute from within the &lt;rich:column&gt; EL.
Example 8.11. Nested &lt;rich:column&gt; tags
Using &lt;rich:column&gt; tags nested within the &lt;rich:orderingList&gt;
&lt;rich:orderingList value=&quot;#{listSelectBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;capital&quot;
&lt;f:converter converterId=&quot;CapitalsConverter&quot; /&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;Flag&lt;/f:facet&gt;
96
listWidth=&quot;300px&quot;&gt;
JavaScript API
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;#{capital.stateFlag}&quot; alt=&quot;flag&quot;
width=&quot;33&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;Name&lt;/f:facet&gt;
#{capital.name}
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;State&lt;/f:facet&gt;
#{capital.state}
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:orderingList&gt;
When using &lt;rich:column&gt; tags to layout the &lt;rich:orderingList&gt; items, the itemLabel
attribute is irrelevant, and may be left out.
8.10.3. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:orderingList&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
getList()
Returns the javascript list object backing the &lt;rich:orderingList&gt;. This list can be used to
select/unselect item(s).
up()
Move the currently selected item(s) up one step.
down()
Move the currently selected item(s) down one step.
upTop()
Move the currently selected item(s) to the top of the list.
downBottom()
Move the currently selected item(s) to the bottom of the list.
toggleButtons()
Activate/de-activate the orderingList buttons based on the current component item state.
focus()
Focus the list (to use keyboard navigation).
8.10.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.OrderingList
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIOrderingList
• component-family: org.richfaces.SelectMany
97
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.OrderingListRenderer
8.10.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.10. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-ord
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the orderingList
control itself.
.rf-ord-cntr
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the container of the
orderingList control.
.rf-ord-cptn
This class defines styles
for the caption of the
orderingList control.
.rf-ord-lst
headerTextColor
color
headerSizeFont
font-size
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerWeightFont
font-weight
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the items list of the
orderingList control.
.rf-ord-hdr
This class defines styles
for the header of the
items list.
.rf-ord-opt
This class defines styles
for an option in the
orderingList control.
.rf-ord-sel
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
headerTextColor
color
headerSizeFont
font-size
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerWeightFont
font-weight
generalTextColor
color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalTextColor
border-color
This class defines styles
for the selected option of
the orderingList control.
.rf-ord-dflt-lbl
This class defines styles
for the default label of the
orderingList control.
98
No skin parameters.
&lt;rich:pickList&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ord-btn
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-left-color
This class defines styles
for the button of the
orderingList control.
.rf-ord-btn-dis
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the button of the
orderingList control when
it is disabled.
.rf-ord-lst-scrl
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the list scrollbar.
8.11. &lt;rich:pickList&gt;
The &lt;rich:pickList&gt; is a component for selecting items from a list. Additionally, it allows for
the selected items to be ordered (client-side). From the client side perspective, items are added/
removed from the source list, and removed/added to the target list. However it is important to
note that the server-side source of items is never modified, and always represents the list of all
items available for selection. If the list of unselected items is required, it can be determined by
subtracting the collection of all selected items from the collection of all available items.
Figure 8.9. &lt;rich:select&gt;
8.11.1. Basic usage
To use the &lt;rich:pickList&gt; bind the value attribute to the target list, where the selected items
will be stored. The list of source items is provided by nesting a SelectItem source, such as a
&lt;f:selectItems&gt; tag, or a list of &lt;f:selectItem&gt; tags. If the itemValue of the SelectItem is
99
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
not of type String, a converter must be specified for this itemValue using either the converter
attribute, or a nested &lt;f:converter&gt; tag.
Example 8.12. Simple pickList use
Using the default SelectItem itemLabel to generate the pickList source and target items.
&lt;rich:pickList value=&quot;#{listSelectBean.selectedCapitals}&quot;
sourceCaption=&quot;Available cities&quot; targetCaption=&quot;Selected cities&quot;
listWidth=&quot;170px&quot; listHeight=&quot;100px&quot;
orderable=&quot;true&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:selectItems
value=&quot;#{listSelectBean.capitals}&quot;
var=&quot;capital&quot;
itemValue=&quot;#{capital}&quot;
itemLabel=&quot;#{capital.name}&quot;
/
&gt;
&lt;f:converter converterId=&quot;CapitalsConverter&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:pickList&gt;
The items in the target list can be ordered client-side by setting the orderable attribute of the
&lt;rich:pickList&gt; tag to true. The arrow keys on a keyboard can then be used to highlight
different items in the target list, and pressing the ctrlmodifier with the arrow keys will move the
selected item up or down within the target list.
8.11.2. Column Layout
In addition to the above simple SelectItem itemLabel display, the &lt;rich:pickList&gt; supports
a columnar layout of the items to be selected. This is achieved by adding a var attribute
used to represent the collection of nested SelectItems, and nesting &lt;rich:column&gt; tags
within the pickList. The var attribute of the &lt;f:selectItem&gt; is then referenced from within the
&lt;rich:column&gt; EL.
Example 8.13. Nested &lt;rich:column&gt; tags
Using &lt;rich:column&gt; tags nested within the &lt;rich:pickList&gt;
&lt;rich:pickList value=&quot;#{listSelectBean.selectedCapitals}&quot; var=&quot;capital&quot; listHeight=&quot;200px&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:selectItems value=&quot;#{listSelectBean.capitals}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;f:converter converterId=&quot;CapitalsConverter&quot; /&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;Flag&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;#{capital.stateFlag}&quot; alt=&quot;flag&quot; width=&quot;33&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;Name&lt;/f:facet&gt;
100
JavaScript API
#{capital.name}
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;State&lt;/f:facet&gt;
#{capital.state}
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:pickList&gt;
8.11.3. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:pickList&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions:
getSourceList()
Returns the javascript list object backing the &lt;rich:pickList&gt; source list. This list can be
used to select/unselect item(s).
getTargetList()
Returns the javascript list object backing the &lt;rich:pickList&gt; target list. This list can be
used to select/unselect item(s).
add()
Add the currently selected items to the target list, removing them from the source list.
addAll()
Add all the source items to the target list, removing them from the source list.
remove()
Remove the currently selected items from the target list, adding them to the source list.
removeAll()
Remove all the source items from the target list, adding them to the source list.
toggleButtons()
Activate/de-activate the pickList buttons based on the current component item state.
focus()
Focus the source list (to use keyboard navigation).
8.11.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.PickList
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIPickList
• component-family: org.richfaces.SelectMany
101
Chapter 8. Rich inputs
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.PickListRenderer
8.11.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 8.11. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-pick
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the pickList control
itself.
.rf-pick-src-cptn, .rf-
headerTextColor
color
pick-tgt-cptn
headerSizeFont
font-size
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerWeightFont
font-weight
These classes define
styles for the source and
target captions of the
pickList control.
.rf-pick-lst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the items list of the
pickList control.
.rf-pick-hdr
This class defines styles
for the header of the
items list.
.rf-pick-opt
This class defines styles
for an option in the
pickList control.
.rf-pick-sel
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
headerTextColor
color
headerSizeFont
font-size
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerWeightFont
font-weight
generalTextColor
color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalTextColor
border-color
This class defines styles
for the selected option of
the pickList control.
.rf-pick-dflt-lbl
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the default label of the
pickList control.
.rf-pick-btn
This class defines styles
for the button of the
pickList control.
102
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
border-left-color
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-pick-btn-dis
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the button of the
pickList control when it is
disabled.
.rf-pick-lst-scrl
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the list scrollbar.
103
104
Chapter 9.
Panels
This chapter details those components which act as panels and containers to hold groups of other
components.
9.1. &lt;rich:panel&gt;
The &lt;rich:panel&gt; component is a bordered panel with an optional header.
Figure 9.1. &lt;rich:panel&gt;
9.1.1. Basic usage
No attributes need to be listed for basic usage. a &lt;rich:panel&gt; without any attributes defined
renders a bordered region with no header.
9.1.2. Adding a header
To add a header to the panel, use the header attribute to specify the text to appear in the header.
Alternatively the header can be constructed using a header facet. Example 9.1, “Adding a header”
demonstrates the two different approaches.
Example 9.1. Adding a header
&lt;rich:panel header=&quot;This is the panel header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;This is the panel content&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
&lt;rich:panel&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;This is the panel header&quot;&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;This is the panel content&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
105
Chapter 9. Panels
Both the examples render an identical panel.
Figure 9.2. Adding a header
9.1.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Panel
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIPanel
• component-family: org.richfaces.Panel
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.PanelRenderer
9.1.4. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 9.1. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-p
generalBackgroundColor
background-color
panelBorderColor
color
headerBackgroundColor
background-color, border-
This class defines styles
for the panel itself.
.rf-p-hdr
This class defines styles
for the header of a panel.
.rf-p-b
This class defines styles
for the body of a panel.
color
headerTextColor
color
headerSizeFont
font-size
headerWeightFont
font-weight
headerFamilyFont
font-family
generalTextColor
color
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
9.2. &lt;rich:accordion&gt;
The &lt;rich:accordion&gt; is a series of panels stacked on top of each other, each collapsed such
that only the header of the panel is showing. When the header of a panel is clicked, it is expanded
to show the content of the panel. Clicking on a different header will collapse the previous panel
and epand the selected one. Each panel contained in a &lt;rich:accordion&gt; component is a
&lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component.
106
Basic usage
Figure
9.3.
A
&lt;rich:accordionItem&gt;
&lt;rich:accordion&gt;
component
containing
three
components
9.2.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:accordion&gt; component requires no attributes for basic usage. The component
can contain any number of &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; components as children. The headers of
the &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; components control the expanding and collapsing when clicked.
Only a single &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; can be displayed at a time. Refer to Section 9.2.9,
“&lt;rich:accordionItem&gt;” for details on the &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component.
Form elements required
All &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; components should be wrapped in a form element when
using either ajax or server mode, as usual for submitting components.
9.2.2. Switching panels
The activeItem attribute holds the active panel name. This name is a reference to the name
identifier of the active child &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component.
The switching mode for performing submissions is determined by the switchType attribute, which
can have one of the following three values:
server
The default setting. Activation of a &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component causes the parent
&lt;rich:accordion&gt; component to perform a common submission, completely refreshing the
page. Only one panel at a time is rendered to the client side.
ajax
Activation of a &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component causes the parent &lt;rich:accordion&gt;
component to perform an Ajax form submission, and the content of the panel is rendered.
Only one panel at a time is rendered to the client side.
107
Chapter 9. Panels
client
Activation of a &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component causes the parent &lt;rich:accordion&gt;
component to perform updates on the client side. All the panels are rendered on the client side
during the initial page render. JavaScript changes the styles such that one panel component
becomes hidden while the other is shown.
9.2.3. Appearance
Icons for the accordion can be chosen from a set of standard icons. They can be set for the left
and right side of the panel and for active, inactive state.
itemActiveLeftIcon, itemActiveRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for the active item.
itemInactiveLeftIcon, itemInactiveRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for the inactive item.
itemDisabledLeftIcon, itemDisabledRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for the disabled item.
The standard icons are shown in Figure 9.4, “&lt;Standard icons&gt;”. Alternatively, point the icon
attributes to the paths of image files. The image files are then used as icons.
Any icons specified by child &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component overwrite the relevant icons
declared with the parent &lt;rich:accordion&gt; component.
Figure 9.4. &lt;Standard
icons&gt;
9.2.4. &lt;rich:accordion&gt; client-side events
In addition to the standard Ajax events and HTML events, the &lt;rich:accordion&gt; component
uses the client-side events common to all switchable panels:
• The itemchange event points to the function to perform when the switchable item is changed.
• The beforeitemchange event points to the function to perform when before the switchable item
is changed.
108
&lt;rich:accordion&gt; server-side events
9.2.5. &lt;rich:accordion&gt; server-side events
The &lt;rich:accordion&gt; component uses the server-side events common to all switchable panels:
• The ItemChangeEvent event occurs on the server side when an item is changed through Ajax
using the server mode. It can be processed using the ItemChangeListener attribute. Refer
to Section 9.6.6, “&lt;rich:itemChangeListener&gt;” for details on the &lt;rich:itemChangeListener&gt;
tag.
9.2.6. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:accordion&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions, which are common to all switchable panels:
getItems()
Return an array of the items contained in the accordion control.
getItemsNames()
Return an array of the names of the items contained in the accordion control.
switchToItem(itemName)
Switch to and display the item identified by the itemName string passed as a parameter.
firstItem(), prevItem(), nextItem(), lastItem()
Get the name of the first item, the previous item, the next item, or the last item.
9.2.7. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Accordion
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIAccordion
• component-family: org.richfaces.Accordion
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.AccordionRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.TogglePanelTagHandler
9.2.8. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 9.2. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ac
panelBorderColor
border-color
generalBackgroundColor
background
This class defines styles
for the accordion control
itself.
109
Chapter 9. Panels
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ac-itm-hdr
panelBorderColor
border-bottom-color
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
headerTextColor
color
headerWeightFont
font-weight
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerSizeFont
font-size
This class defines styles
for the header of an
accordion item.
.rf-ac-itm-hdr-act, .rf-
No skin parameters.
ac-itm-hdr-inact
These classes define
styles for the header
when the item is either
active (expanded) or
inactive (collapsed).
.rf-ac-itm-hdr-dis
tabDisabledTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for the header when it is
disabled.
.rf-ac-itm-gr
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for an item group.
.rf-ac-itm-cnt
This class defines styles
for the content of an
accordion item.
.rf-ac-itm-ico
panelBorderColor
border-bottom-color
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the item icon.
.rf-ac-itm-exp-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the expanded icon for
an item.
.rf-ac-itm-ico-act, .rfac-itm-ico-inact
These classes define
styles for the icon when
the item is either active
(expanded) or inactive
(collapsed).
110
No skin parameters.
&lt;rich:accordionItem&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-ac-itm-lbl
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the item label.
.rf-ac-itm-lbl-act, .rf-
No skin parameters.
ac-itm-lbl-inact
These classes define
styles for the label when
the item is either active
(expanded) or inactive
(collapsed).
9.2.9. &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt;
The &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component is a panel for use with the &lt;rich:accordion&gt;
component. &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; components can be added dynamically using iteration
models with the &lt;c:forEach&gt; tag.
9.2.9.1. Basic usage
Basic usage of the &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component requires the header attribute, which
provides the text on the panel header. The panel header is all that is visible when the accordion
item is collapsed.
Alternatively the header facet could be used in place of the header attribute. This would allow for
additional styles and custom content to be applied to the tab.
9.2.9.2. Appearance
Icons for the accordion item are inherited from the parent &lt;rich:accordion&gt; component. Refer
to Section 9.2.3, “Appearance” for details on icon attributes. Alternatively, the item’s icons can
be re-defined at the &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component level, and these settings will be used
instead of the parent component’s settings.
9.2.9.3. &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; client-side events
In addition to the standard HTML events, the &lt;rich:accordionItem&gt; component uses the clientside events common to all switchable panel items:
• The enter event points to the function to perform when the mouse enters the panel.
• The leave event points to the function to perform when the mouse leaves the panel.
9.2.9.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.AccordionItem
111
Chapter 9. Panels
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIAccordionItem
• component-family: org.richfaces.AccordionItem
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.AccordionItemRenderer
9.3. &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt;
The &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; component is a collapsible panel that shows or hides content
when the header bar is activated. It is a simplified version of &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; component.
Figure 9.5. &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt;
9.3.1. Basic usage
Basic usage requires the header content is specified either by the header attribute, or by the
headerExpanded / headerCollapsed facets. Additionally the panel requires content to display
when it is expanded. Content is added as child elements like a standard panel.
9.3.2. Expanding and collapsing the panel
The switching mode for performing submissions is determined by the switchType attribute, which
can have one of the following three values:
server
This is the default setting. The &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; component performs a common
submission, completely refreshing the page. Only one panel at a time is rendered to the client
side.
ajax
The &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; component performs an Ajax form submission, and only the
content of the panel is refreshed. Only one panel at a time is rendered to the client side.
client
The &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; component changes the state on the client side without any
additional requests being sent.
112
Appearance
9.3.3. Appearance
The appearance of the &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; component can be customized using facets.
The headerExpanded and headerCollapsed CSS classes are used to style the appearance of
the panel when it is expanded and collapsed respectively. Icons for the collapsible panel can be
chosen from a set of standard icons. They can be set for the left and right side of the panel and
for expanded and collapsed state.
leftCollapsedIcon, rightCollapsedIcon
These attributes determine the icons for the collapsed state.
leftExpandedIcon, rightExpandedIcon
These attributes determine the icons for the expanded state.
The standard icons are shown in Figure 9.4, “&lt;Standard icons&gt;”. Alternatively, point the icon
attributes to the paths of image files. The image files are then used as icons. Use &quot;none&quot; to hide
the default icons.
9.3.4. &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; server-side events
The &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; component uses the following unique server-side events:
• The PanelToggleEvent event occurs on the server side when the &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt;
component is expanded or collapsed in either the ajax or server modes. It can be processed
using the panelTogglerListener attribute.
9.3.5. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
switchPanel()
Switch the state of the collapsible panel (expanded or collapsed).
expand()
Expand this collapsible panel.
collapse()
Collapse this collapsible panel.
isExpanded()
Returns true if this collapsible panel is expanded.
9.3.6. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.CollapsiblePanel
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UICollapsiblePanel
113
Chapter 9. Panels
• component-family: org.richfaces.CollapsiblePanel
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.CollapsiblePanelRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.CollapsiblePanelTagHandler
9.3.7. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 9.3. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-cp
panelBorderColor
color
generalBackgroundColor
background
headerBackgroundColor
background-color, border-
This class defines styles
for the collapsible panel
itself.
.rf-cp-hdr
This class defines styles
for the header of a
collapsible panel.
.rf-cp-hdr-exp, .rf-cp-
color
headerTextColor
color
headerWeightFont
font-weight
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
hdr-colps
These classes define
styles for the header
when the item is either
expanded or collapsed.
.rf-cp-gr
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a collapsible panel
group.
.rf-cp-b
This class defines
styles for the body of a
collapsible panel.
.rf-cp-ico
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the panel icon.
.rf-cp-exp-ico
This class defines styles
for the expanded icon for
a panel.
114
No skin parameters.
&lt;rich:panelToggleListener&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-cp-ico-exp, .rf-cp-
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
ico-colps
These classes define
styles for the icon when
the panel is either
expanded or collapsed.
.rf-cp-lbl
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the panel label.
.rf-cp-lbl-exp, .rf-cp-
No skin parameters.
lbl-colps
These classes define
styles for the label
when the panel is either
expanded or collapsed.
9.3.8. &lt;rich:panelToggleListener&gt;
Use the &lt;rich:panelToggleListener&gt; tag to register a PanelToggleListener class on a
parent &lt;rich:collapsiblePanel&gt; component. The class provided as a listener must implement
the org.richfaces.event.PanelToggleListener interface. The processPanelToggle method
accepts an org.richface.event.PanelToggleEvent event as a parameter.
9.4. &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt;
The &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component provides a pop-up panel or window that appears in front
of the rest of the application. The &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component functions either as a modal
window which blocks interaction with the rest of the application while active, or as a non-modal
window. It can be positioned on the screen, dragged to a new position by the user, and re-sized.
9.4.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; does not require any compulsory attributes, though certain use cases
require different attributes.
9.4.2. Showing and hiding the pop-up
If show=&quot;true&quot; then the pop-up panel will display when the page is first loaded.
The &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component can be shown and hidden manually using the show()
and hide() methods from the JavaScript API. These can be implemented using two different
approaches:
• Using the &lt;rich:componentControl&gt; component. For details on the component, refer to
Section 17.1, “&lt;rich:componentControl&gt;”.
115
Chapter 9. Panels
• Using the rich:component function. For details on the function, refer to Section 16.2,
“rich:component”.
For explicit referencing when using the functions, the component can be given an id identifier.
Example
9.2,
“&lt;rich:popupPanel&gt;
example”
demonstrates
basic
use
of
both
the
&lt;rich:componentControl&gt; component and the rich:component function to show and hide the
&lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component.
Example 9.2. &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; example
&lt;h:commandButton value=&quot;Show the panel&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:componentControl target=&quot;popup&quot; operation=&quot;show&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:commandButton&gt;
...
&lt;rich:popupPanel id=&quot;popup&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#&quot; onclick=&quot;#{rich:component('popup')}.hide()&quot;&gt;Hide the panel&lt;/
a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/rich:popupPanel&gt;
Placement
The &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component is usually rendered in front of any other
objects on the page. This is achieved by attaching the component to the &lt;body&gt;
element of the page, and setting a very high &quot;z-index&quot; (the stack order of the object).
This approach is taken because relatively-positioned elements could still overlap
the pop-up panel if they exist at higher levels of the DOM hierarchy, even if their
z-index is less than the &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component.
If the &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; is to participate in submitting child components/
behaviors, then a form element must be nested within the &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt;.
Alternatively, if no overlapping elements exist, the &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component
can be reattached to its original DOM element by setting domElementAttachment
to either parent or form.
9.4.3. Modal and non-modal panels
By default, the &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; appears as a modal window that blocks interaction with the
other objects on the page. To implement a non-modal window instead, set modal=&quot;false&quot;. This
will allow interaction with other objects outside the pop-up panel.
116
Size and positioning
9.4.4. Size and positioning
The pop-up panel can be both re-sized and re-positioned by the user. The minimum possible
size for the panel can be set with the minWith and minHeight attributes. These abilities can be
deactivated by setting resizable or movable to false as necessary.
The pop-up panel can be automatically sized when it is shown if the autosized attribute is set
to true.
Embedded objects in the panel
Embedded objects inserted into the HTML with the &lt;embed&gt; tag could be
rendered in front of a &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component in some browsers. The
&lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component can be forcibly rendered in front of these objects
by setting overlapEmbedObjects=&quot;true&quot;.
However, due to the additional script processing required when using
the overlapEmbedObjects attribute, applications can suffer from decreased
performance. As such, overlapEmbedObjects should only be set to true when
&lt;embed&gt; or &lt;object&gt; tags are being used in the parent view. Do not set it to true
for applications that do not require it.
9.4.5. Header and controls
A panel header and associated controls can be added to the &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component
through the use of facets. The header facet displays a title for the panel, and the controls facet
can be customized to allow window controls such as a button for closing the pop-up. Example 9.3,
“Header and controls” demonstrates the use of the facets.
Example 9.3. Header and controls
&lt;h:commandLink value=&quot;Show pop-up&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:componentControl target=&quot;popup&quot; operation=&quot;show&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:commandLink&gt;
...
&lt;rich:popupPanel id=&quot;popup&quot; modal=&quot;false&quot; autosized=&quot;true&quot; resizeable=&quot;false&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;The title of the panel&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;controls&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage
value=&quot;/pages/
close.png&quot; style=&quot;cursor:pointer&quot; onclick=&quot;#{rich:component('popup')}.hide()&quot; /
&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
This is the content of the panel.
117
Chapter 9. Panels
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/rich:popupPanel&gt;
Figure 9.6. Header and controls
9.4.6. Contents of the pop-up
The &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component can contain any other component just like a normal panel.
Contents of the &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component which are positioned relatively may be trimmed
if they extend beyond the borders of the pop-up panel. For certain in-line controls this
behavior may be preferable, but for other dynamic controls it could be undesirable. If the
trimOverlayedElements attribute is set to false then child components will not be trimmed if
they extend beyond the borders of the pop-up panel. For example, if using a calendar, select, or
other pop-up component, set trimOverlayedElements=&quot;false&quot;.
9.4.7. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
getTop()
Return the top co-ordinate for the position of the pop-up panel.
118
Reference data
getLeft()
Return the left co-ordinate for the position of the pop-up panel.
moveTo(top,left)
Move the pop-up panel to the co-ordinates specified with the top and left parameters.
resize(width,height)
Resize the pop-up panel to the size specified with the width and height parameters.
show()
Show the pop-up panel.
hide()
Hide the pop-up panel.
9.4.8. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.PopupPanel
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIPopupPanel
• component-family: org.richfaces.PopupPanel
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.PopupPanelRenderer
9.4.9. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 9.4. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-pp-btn
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the pop-up panel
button.
.rf-pp-shade
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the shading that
covers the page when
presenting a modal popup panel.
.rf-pp-cntr
This class defines styles
for the container for the
pop-up panel.
panelBorderColor
border
generalBackgroundColor
background
119
Chapter 9. Panels
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-pp-hdr
headerBackgroundColor
background
headerTextColor
color
headerWeightFont
font-weight
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerSizeFont
font-size
generalTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for the header of the popup panel.
.rf-pp-hdr-cnt
This class defines styles
for the content of the
header.
.rf-pp-cnt
This class defines styles
generalFamilyFont
for the content of the popgeneralSizeFont
up panel.
.rf-pp-cnt-scrlr
generalBackgroundColor
font-family
font-size
background
This class defines styles
for the scroll bars of the
pop-up panel.
.rf-pp-hndlr
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for borders of the popup panel. The border
handler is used to re-size
the panel.
.rf-pp-hndlr-t, .rf-pp-
No skin parameters.
hndlr-b, .rf-pp-hndlr-l,
.rf-pp-hndlr-r, .rf-pphndlr-tl, .rf-pp-hndlr-tr,
.rf-pp-hndlr-bl, .rf-pphndlr-br
These classes define
styles for the top, bottom,
left, right, top-left, topright, bottom-left, and
bottom-right edges of the
border handler.
9.5. &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt;
The &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component provides a set of tabbed panels for displaying one panel
of content at a time. The tabs can be highly customized and themed. Each tab within a
&lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; container is a &lt;rich:tab&gt; component. Refer to Section 9.5.7, “&lt;rich:tab&gt;” for
further details on the &lt;rich:tab&gt; component.
120
Switching panels
Figure 9.7. A
components
&lt;rich:tabPanel&gt;
component containing three
&lt;rich:tab&gt;
Form elements required
All &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; components should be wrapped in a form element when
using either ajax or server mode, as usual for submitting components.
9.5.1. Switching panels
The activeItem attribute holds the active tab name. This name is a reference to the name identifier
of the active child &lt;rich:tab&gt; component.
The switching mode for performing submissions is determined by the switchType attribute, which
can have one of the following three values:
server
The default setting. Activation of a &lt;rich:tab&gt; component causes the parent
&lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component to perform a common submission, completely refreshing the
page. Only one tab at a time is rendered to the client side.
ajax
Activation of a &lt;rich:tab&gt; component causes the parent &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component to
perform an Ajax form submission, and the content of the tab panel is refreshed. Only one tab
at a time is rendered to the client side.
client
Activation of a &lt;rich:tab&gt; component causes the parent &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component to
update on the client side. All the tabs are rendered to the client during the initial page render.
JavaScript changes the styles such that one tab becomes hidden while the other is shown.
9.5.2. &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; client-side events
In addition to the standard Ajax events and HTML events, the &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component uses
the client-side events common to all switchable panels:
121
Chapter 9. Panels
• The itemchange event points to the function to perform when the switchable item is changed.
• The beforeitemchange event points to the function to perform when before the switchable item
is changed.
9.5.3. &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; server-side events
The &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component uses the server-side events common to all switchable panels:
• The ItemChangeEvent event occurs on the server side when an item is changed through Ajax
using the server mode. It can be processed using the ItemChangeListener attribute. Refer
to Section 9.6.6, “&lt;rich:itemChangeListener&gt;” for details on the &lt;rich:itemChangeListener&gt;
tag.
9.5.4. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions, which are common to all switchable panels:
getItems()
Return an array of the tabs contained in the tab panel.
getItemsNames()
Return an array of the names of the tabs contained in the tab panel.
switchToItem(itemName)
Switch to and display the item identified by the itemName string passed as a parameter.
firstItem(), prevItem(), nextItem(), lastItem()
Get the name of the first item, the previous item, the next item, or the last item.
9.5.5. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.TabPanel
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UITabPanel
• component-family: org.richfaces.TabPanel
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.TabPanelRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.TogglePanelTagHandler
9.5.6. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 9.5. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-tab-hdr
panelBorderColor
border
tabBackgroundColor
background-color
This class defines styles
for a tab header.
122
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
.rf-tab-hdr-act
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
generalTextColor
color
additionalBackgroundColor background-color
This class defines styles
for a tab header when it is
active.
.rf-tab-hdr-inact
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a tab header when it is
inactive.
.rf-tab-hdr-dis
tabDisabledTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for a tab header when it is
disabled.
.rf-tab-hdr-tabline-vis
This class defines styles
for the header tab line
when it is visible.
.rf-tab-hdr-tabs
additionalBackgroundColor background-color
panelBorderColor
border-color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the tabs in the header.
.rf-tab-hdr-spcr
panelBorderColor
border-bottom
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
This class defines styles
for the tab header spacer.
.rf-tab-lbl
This class defines styles
for the tab label.
.rf-tab-hdn
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the tab when it is
hidden.
.rf-tab-hdr-scrl-lft,
additionalBackgroundColor background
.rf-tab-hdr-scrl-rgh
panelBorderColor
border
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
These classes define
styles for the left and
right controls for the tab
header scroller.
.rf-tab-hdr-tablst
This class define styles
for the tab header list.
additionalBackgroundColor background
panelBorderColor
border
generalFamilyFont
font-family
123
Chapter 9. Panels
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-tab-hdr-brd
tabBackgroundColor
background
panelBorderColor
border
generalBackgroundColor
background
panelBorderColor
border
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
This class define styles
for the tab header border.
.rf-tab-cnt
This class define styles
for the content of the tab
panel.
9.5.7. &lt;rich:tab&gt;
The &lt;rich:tab&gt; component represents an individual tab inside a &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component,
including the tab’s content. Clicking on the tab header will bring its corresponding content to the
front of other tabs.
9.5.7.1. Basic usage
Basic usage of the &lt;rich:tab&gt; component requires only the tab header and tab content. No
additional attributes are required.
The header attribute provides the text on the tab header. The content of the tab is then detailed
inside the &lt;rich:tab&gt; tags.
Alternatively, the header facet could be used in place of the header attribute. This would allow
custom components to be applied to the tab header. The component also supports three facets
to customize the appearance depending on the current state of the tab:
headerActive facet
This facet is used when the tab is the currently active tab.
headerInactive facet
This facet is used when the tab is not currently active.
headerDisabled facet
This facet is used when the tab is disabled. The header facet is used in place of any statebased facet that has not been defined.
9.5.7.2. Switching tabs
The switching mode for performing submissions can be inherited from the switchType attribute
of the parent &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component, or set individually for each &lt;rich:tab&gt; component.
Refer to Section 9.5, “&lt;rich:tabPanel&gt;” for details on the switchType attribute.
An individual tab can be disabled by setting disabled=&quot;true&quot;. Disabled tabs cannot be activated
or switched to.
124
&lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;
9.5.7.3. &lt;rich:tab&gt; client-side events
In addition to the standard HTML events, the &lt;rich:tab&gt; component uses the client-side events
common to all switchable panel items:
• The enter event points to the function to perform when the mouse enters the tab.
• The leave attribute points to the function to perform when the mouse leaves the tab.
9.5.7.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Tab
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UITab
• component-family: org.richfaces.Tab
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.TabRenderer
9.5.7.5. Style classes and skin parameters
The &lt;rich:tab&gt; component uses the same styles as those applied to the parent
&lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component. Refer to Section 9.5.6, “Style classes and skin parameters” for
details.
9.6. &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;
The &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; component is used as a base for the other switchable components,
the &lt;rich:accordion&gt; component and the &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; component. It provides an abstract
switchable component without any associated markup. As such, the &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;
component could be customized to provide a switchable component when neither an accordion
component or a tab panel component is appropriate.
The &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; component acts as a wrapper for multiple &lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
components. Each child component is displayed after being activated with the
&lt;rich:toggleControl&gt; behavior.
Refer to Section 9.6.7, “&lt;rich:toggleControl&gt;” and Section 9.6, “&lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;” for details on
how to use the components together.
9.6.1. Basic usage
The initial state of the component can be configured using the activeItem attribute, which points
to a child component to display. Alternatively, if no activeItem attribute is defined, the initial state
will be blank until the user activates a panel component with a connected &lt;rich:toggleControl&gt;
behavior.
125
Chapter 9. Panels
The child components are shown in the order in which they are defined in the view, as shown in
Example 9.4, “Basic usage”.
Form elements required
All &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; components should be wrapped in a form element when
using either ajax or server mode, as usual for submitting components.
Example 9.4. Basic usage
&lt;rich:togglePanel id=&quot;layout&quot; activeItem=&quot;item1&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem id=&quot;item1&quot;&gt;
&lt;!--content--&gt;
&lt;/rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem id=&quot;item2&quot;&gt;
&lt;!--content--&gt;
&lt;/rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
&lt;/rich:togglePanel&gt;
&lt;h:commandButton&gt;
&lt;rich:toggleControl targetPanel=&quot;layout&quot;/&gt; &lt;!--cycles through the states--&gt;
&lt;/h:commandButton&gt;
9.6.2. Dynamic panel item generation
All the switchable components ( &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;, &lt;rich:accordion&gt; component and the
&lt;rich:tabPanel&gt;) can leverage the &lt;a4j:repeat&gt; tag to dynamically create child components.
This can be useful when the definition of the panel items is determined at run-time from a backing
bean list.
9.6.3. Toggling between components
The switching mode for performing submissions is determined by the switchType attribute, which
can have one of the following three values:
server
The default setting. Activation of a child component causes the parent &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;
component to perform a common submission, completely refreshing the page. Only one child
at a time is rendered to the client side.
ajax
Activation of a child component causes the parent &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; component to
perform an Ajax form submission, and the content of the panel is refreshed. Only one child
at a time is rendered to the client side.
126
JavaScript API
client
Activation of a child component causes the parent &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; component to update
on the client side. All the items are rendered to the client side during the initial page render.
JavaScript changes the styles such that one child component becomes hidden while the other
is shown.
9.6.4. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions, which are common to all switchable panels:
getItems()
Return an array of the items contained in the toggle panel.
getItemsNames()
Return an array of the names of the items contained in the toggle panel.
switchToItem(itemName)
Switch to and display the item identified by the itemName string passed as a parameter.
firstItem(), prevItem(), nextItem(), lastItem()
Get the name of the first item, the previous item, the next item, or the last item.
9.6.5. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.TogglePanel
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UITogglePanel
• component-family: org.richfaces.TogglePanel
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.TogglePanelRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.TogglePanelTagHandler
9.6.6. &lt;rich:itemChangeListener&gt;
Use the &lt;rich:itemChangeListener&gt; tag to register an ItemChangeListener class on
a parent panel component. The class provided as a listener must implement the
org.richfaces.event.ItemChangeListener interface. The processItemChange method
accepts an org.richface.event.ItemChangeEvent event as a parameter.
The &lt;rich:itemChangeListener&gt; tag can be used with any of the switchable panel components:
• &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; (refer to Section 9.6, “&lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;”)
• &lt;rich:accordion&gt; (refer to Section 9.2, “&lt;rich:accordion&gt;”)
127
Chapter 9. Panels
• &lt;rich:tabPanel&gt; (refer to Section 9.5, “&lt;rich:tabPanel&gt;”)
• &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; (refer to Section 12.4, “&lt;rich:panelMenu&gt;”)
9.6.7. &lt;rich:toggleControl&gt;
The &lt;rich:toggleControl&gt; behavior can be attached to any interface component, whether
inside or outside the controlled panel itself. It works with a &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; component
to switch between different &lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt; components. Refer to Section 9.6,
“&lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;” and Section 9.6.8, “&lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt;” for details on how to use the
components together.
The &lt;rich:toggleControl&gt; implements the JSF BehaviorHolder component, which provides
events to attached components and behaviors.
9.6.7.1. Basic usage
If the &lt;rich:toggleControl&gt; component is positioned inside a &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;
component, no panel attachment attributes need to be defined, as the control is assumed to
switch through the &lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt; components of its parent &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;
component.
A &lt;rich:toggleControl&gt; component can be located outside the &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;
component it needs to switch. Where this is the case, the &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; is identified using
the targetPanel attribute.
9.6.7.2. Specifying the next state
The &lt;rich:toggleControl&gt; component can switch the attached &lt;rich:togglePanel&gt;
component in multiple ways:
• By
default,
the
component
will
cycle
through
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt; components in the order they are defined within the view.
&lt;rich:toggleControl&gt;
Example 9.5. Default switching
&lt;rich:togglePanel id=&quot;layout&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
&lt;!--content--&gt;
&lt;/rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
&lt;!--content--&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
&lt;/rich:togglePanel&gt;
&lt;h:commandButton&gt;
&lt;rich:toggleControl targetPanel=&quot;layout&quot;/&gt; &lt;!--cycles through the states--&gt;
128
&lt;rich:toggleControl&gt;
&lt;/h:commandButton&gt;
• The next item to switch to can be explicitly defined by including a &lt;rich:toggleControl&gt;
component within a &lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt; component. Point the targetItem to the
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt; to switch to when the state is next changed.
Example 9.6. Explicit switching
&lt;rich:togglePanel activeItem=&quot;item1&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem id=&quot;item1&quot;&gt;
&lt;!--content--&gt;
&lt;h:commandButton&gt;
&lt;rich:toggleControl targetItem=&quot;item2&quot;&gt; &lt;!--switches to item2 --&gt;
&lt;/h:commandButton&gt;
&lt;/rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem id=&quot;item2&quot;&gt;
&lt;!--content--&gt;
&lt;h:commandButton&gt;
&lt;rich:toggleControl targetItem=&quot;item1&quot;&gt; &lt;!--switches to item1 --&gt;
&lt;/h:commandButton&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
&lt;/rich:togglePanel&gt;
• Alternatively, use the targetItem attribute with keywords to switch items. The @first, @prev,
@next, and @last keywords switch to the first item, the previous item, the next item, and the
last item respectively.
Example 9.7. Keyword-based switching
&lt;rich:togglePanel activeItem=&quot;item1&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem id=&quot;item1&quot;&gt;
&lt;!--content--&gt;
&lt;h:commandButton&gt;
&lt;rich:toggleControl targetItem=&quot;@next&quot;&gt; &lt;!--switches to next item
(item2)--&gt;
&lt;/h:commandButton&gt;
&lt;/rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem id=&quot;item2&quot;&gt;
&lt;!--content--&gt;
&lt;h:commandButton&gt;
&lt;rich:toggleControl targetItem=&quot;@prev&quot;&gt; &lt;!--switches to previous item
(item1)--&gt;
&lt;/h:commandButton&gt;
&lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
129
Chapter 9. Panels
&lt;/rich:togglePanel&gt;
9.6.7.3. Reference data
• client-behavior-renderer-type: org.richfaces.component.behavior.ToggleControl
• behavior-id: org.richfaces.component.behavior.ToggleControl
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.CustomBehaviorHandler
• behavior-class: org.richfaces.component.behavior.ToggleControl
• client-behavior-renderer-class:
org.richfaces.renderkit.html.ToggleControlRenderer
9.6.8. &lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
The &lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt; component is a switchable panel for use with the
&lt;rich:togglePanel&gt; component. Use the &lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt; component to define the
content for a panel using nested components. Switching between &lt;rich:togglePanelItem&gt;
components is handled by the &lt;rich:toggleControl&gt; behavior.
9.6.8.1. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.TogglePanelItem
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UITogglePanelItem
• component-family: org.richfaces.TogglePanelItem
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.TogglePanelItemRenderer
130
Chapter 10.
Tables and grids
This chapter covers all components related to the display of tables and grids.
10.1. &lt;a4j:repeat&gt;
The non-visual &lt;a4j:repeat&gt; component is used to iterate through a data model. The component
renders child content for every iteration according to the current object data.
The &lt;a4j:repeat&gt; component extends the standard UIRepeat component to allow partial
updates within iterations while sending Ajax requests. The component acts as a base for all the
data iteration components detailed in this chapter.
10.1.1. Basic usage
The contents of the collection are determined using Expression Language ( EL). The data model
for the contents is specified with the value attribute. The var attribute names the object to
use when iterating through the collection. This object is then referenced in the relevant child
components. Example 10.1, “&lt;a4j:repeat&gt; example” shows how to use &lt;a4j:repeat&gt; to maintain
a simple table.
Example 10.1. &lt;a4j:repeat&gt; example
&lt;table&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;a4j:repeat value=&quot;#{repeatBean.items}&quot; var=&quot;item&quot;&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{item.code}&quot; id=&quot;item1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;td&gt;&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{item.price}&quot; id=&quot;item2&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/a4j:repeat&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
Each row of a table contains two cells: one showing the item code, and the other showing the item
price. The table is generated by iterating through items in the repeatBeans.items data model.
10.1.2. Limited views and partial updates
The &lt;a4j:repeat&gt; component uses other attributes common to iteration components, such as
the first attribute for specifying the first item for iteration, and the rows attribute for specifying
the number of rows of items to display.
Specific cells, rows, and columns can be updated without sending Ajax requests for the entire
collection. Components that cause the change can specify which part of the table to update
131
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
through the render attribute. The render attribute specifies which part of a table to update. The
updated parts relate to where the action component is placed relative to the table:
Action components inside the table
Use render=componentID where the component identified by componentID is in the same
row as the action component. The action component updates the single specified component,
as demonstrated in Example 10.2, “Update a single component”.
Example 10.2. Update a single component
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton render=&quot;col&quot;&gt;&lt;/a4j:commandButton&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.model}&quot; id=&quot;col&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
Action components outside the table
Use render=tableId:@rows([rowId]):componentId to specify the component to update.
The action component updates the component with an identifier of componentId, which is
within the row with an identifier of rowId, which is within the table with an identifier of tableId.
Instead of a specific identifier, any of the references could be variables, as demonstrated in
Example 10.3, “Use variables to specify references”.
Example 10.3. Use variables to specify references
render=tableId:@rows(bean.rowToUpdate):cellId
The @rows function accepts a collection of row keys to be updated. Similarly the table@body
shorthand can be used to specify that the entire table body should be updated.
10.1.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Repeat
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIRepeat
• component-family: javax.faces.Data
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.RepeatRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.taglib.html.RepeatHandler
132
&lt;rich:dataTable&gt;
10.2. &lt;rich:dataTable&gt;
The &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component is used to render a table, including the table’s caption. It
works in conjunction with the &lt;rich:column&gt; and &lt;rich:columnGroup&gt; components to list the
contents of a data model.
&lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt;
The &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component does not include extended
features, such as data scrolling (including lazy Ajax loading),
selection, and column reordering. These features are available as
of the &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; component; refer to Section
“&lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt;” for further details.
table
row
part
10.6,
10.2.1. Basic usage
The value attribute points to the data model, and the var attribute specifies a variable to use
when iterating through the data model.
In addition, the table requires a set of &lt;rich:column&gt; components to define the content of the
table.
10.2.2. Customizing the table
The first attribute specifies which item in the data model to start from, and the rows attribute
specifies the number of items to list. The header, footer, and caption facets can be used to
display text, and to customize the appearance of the table through skinning. demonstrates a simple
table implementation.
The keepSaved attribute defines whether this iteration component will reset saved children’s state
before rendering. By default, the state is reset if there are no faces messages with severity error
or higher.
Example 10.4. &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; example
&lt;rich:dataTable value=&quot;#{capitalsBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;cap&quot; rows=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;caption&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;United States Capitals&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Capitals and States Table&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;State Flag&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;#{cap.stateFlag}&quot;/&gt;
133
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;footer&quot;&gt;State Flag&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;State Name&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.state}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;footer&quot;&gt;State Name&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column &gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;State Capital&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.name}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;footer&quot;&gt;State Capital&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;Time Zone&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.timeZone}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;footer&quot;&gt;Time Zone&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;footer&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Capitals and States Table&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
Figure 10.1. &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; example
For details on filtering and sorting data tables, refer to Section 10.10, “Table filtering” and
Section 10.11, “Table sorting”.
10.2.3. Partial updates
As &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; the component is based on the &lt;a4j:repeat&gt; component, it can be
partially updated with Ajax. Refer to Section 10.1.2, “Limited views and partial updates” for details
on partially updating the &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component.
134
JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component supports master-detail markup with collapsible sub-table
sections. Refer to Section 10.5, “&lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt;” for full details on using the
&lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component.
Use the rows attribute to specify the number of rows to show at a time. The table is
then presented in pages of rows. Pages can be navigated by using a control such as the
&lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; component. Refer to Section 10.9, “&lt;rich:dataScroller&gt;” for full details on
using the &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; component.
10.2.3.1. Meta-components
The DataTable supports a number of meta-component ids that can be used as a shorthand for
specifying execute and render targets. The following meta-components IDs are supported with
the DataTable:
@scroll
The scrollable part of the table
@header
The table header
@footer
The table footer
@body
The table body
10.2.4. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions:
expandAllSubTables()
Expand any sub-tables contained in the data table.
collapseAllSubTables()
Collapse any sub-tables contained in the data table.
switchSubTable(subtableId)
Switch the expanded or collapsed state of any sub-tables contained in the data table.
filter(columnId, newFilterValue, [isClearPreviousFilters])
Filter the table based on the column specified with the columnId parameter. Use the
newFilterValue parameter as the filter value. The optional isClearPreviousFilters
parameter is a boolean value which, if set to true, will clear any previous filters applied to
the table.
sort(columnId, [direction], [isClearPreviousSorting])
Sort the table based on the column specified with the columnId parameter. The option
direction parameter specifies whether to sort in ascending or descending order. The
135
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
optional isClearPreviousSorting parameter is a boolean value which, if set to true, will
clear any previous sorting applied to the table.
clearSorting()
Clear any sorting that is currently applied to the table.
clearFiltering()
Clear any filtering that is currently applied to the table.
10.2.5. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.DataTable
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIDataTable
• component-family: org.richfaces.Data
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.DataTableRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.taglib.DataTableHandler
10.2.6. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 10.1. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-dt
tableBackgroundColor
background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-left-width,
This class defines styles
for the table.
border-top-width
tableBorderColor
border-left-color,
border-top-color
.rf-dt-cap
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the table caption.
.rf-dt-r
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a table row.
.rf-dt-fst-r
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first row in a table.
.rf-dt-c
This class defines styles
for a table cell.
tableBackgroundColor
background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
136
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
.rf-dt-nd
This class defines styles
for a node.
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
.rf-dt-hdr
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a table header.
.rf-dt-hdr-fst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first header.
.rf-dt-hdr-c
This class defines styles
for a header cell.
tableHeaderBackgroundColor background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
.rf-dt-shdr
tableHeaderTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a table sub-header.
.rf-dt-shdr-fst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first sub-header.
.rf-dt-shdr-c
This class defines styles
for a sub-header cell.
tableHeaderBackgroundColor background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
tableHeaderTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
137
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
Class (selector)
.rf-dt-ftr
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a table footer.
.rf-dt-ftr-fst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first footer.
.rf-dt-ftr-c
This class defines styles
tableFooterBackgroundColor background-color
tableBorderWidth
for a footer cell.
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
.rf-dt-sftr
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a table sub-footer.
.rf-dt-sftr-fst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first sub-footer.
.rf-dt-sftr-c
This class defines styles
for a sub-footer cell.
tableFooterBackgroundColor background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
10.3. &lt;rich:column&gt;
The &lt;rich:column&gt; component facilitates columns in a table. It supports merging columns and
rows, sorting, filtering, and customized skinning.
138
Basic usage
10.3.1. Basic usage
In general usage, the &lt;rich:column&gt; component is used in the same was as the JavaServer
Faces ( JSF) &lt;h:column&gt; component. It requires no extra attributes for basic usage, as shown
in Example 10.5, “Basic column example”.
Example 10.5. Basic column example
&lt;rich:dataTable value=&quot;#{capitalsBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;cap&quot; rows=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;State Flag&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;#{cap.stateFlag}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;State Name&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.state}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column &gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;State Capital&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.name}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;Time Zone&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.timeZone}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
Figure 10.2. Basic column example
10.3.2. Spanning columns
Columns can be merged by using the colspan attribute to specify how many normal columns
to span. The colspan attribute is used in conjunction with the breakRowBefore attribute on the
139
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
next column to determine how the merged columns are laid out. Example 10.6, “Column spanning
example”.
Example 10.6. Column spanning example
&lt;rich:dataTable value=&quot;#{capitalsBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;cap&quot; rows=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:column colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;#{cap.stateFlag}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column breakBefore=&quot;true&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.state}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column &gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.name}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.timeZone}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
Figure 10.3. Column spanning example
10.3.3. Spanning rows
Similarly, the rowspan attribute can be used to merge and span rows. Again the breakRowBefore
attribute needs to be used on related &lt;rich:column&gt; components to define the layout.
Example 10.7, “Row spanning example” and the resulting Figure 10.5, “Complex headers using
column groups” show the first column of the table spanning three rows.
140
Spanning rows
Example 10.7. Row spanning example
&lt;rich:dataTable value=&quot;#{capitalsBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;cap&quot; rows=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:column rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;State Flag&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;#{cap.stateFlag}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;State Info&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.state}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column breakBefore=&quot;true&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.name}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column breakBefore=&quot;true&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.timeZone}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
Figure 10.4. Row spanning example
For details on filtering and sorting columns, refer to Section 10.10, “Table filtering” and
Section 10.11, “Table sorting”.
141
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
10.3.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Column
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIColumn
• component-family: org.richfaces.Column
10.4. &lt;rich:columnGroup&gt;
The &lt;rich:columnGroup&gt; component combines multiple columns in a single row to organize
complex parts of a table. The resulting effect is similar to using the breakRowBefore attribute of
the &lt;rich:column&gt; component, but is clearer and easier to follow in the source code.
10.4.1. Complex headers
The &lt;rich:columnGroup&gt; can also be used to create complex headers in a table. Example 10.8,
“Complex headers using column groups” and the resulting Figure 10.5, “Complex headers using
column groups” demonstrate how complex headers can be achieved.
Example 10.8. Complex headers using column groups
&lt;rich:dataTable value=&quot;#{capitalsBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;cap&quot; rows=&quot;5&quot; id=&quot;sublist&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:columnGroup&gt;
&lt;rich:column rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;State Flag&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;State Info&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column breakBefore=&quot;true&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;State Name&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;State Capital&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Time Zone&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:columnGroup&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;#{cap.stateFlag}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
142
Reference data
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.state}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.name}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.timeZone}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
Figure 10.5. Complex headers using column groups
10.4.2. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.ColumnGroup
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIColumnGroup
• component-family: org.richfaces.ColumnGroup
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.ColumnGroupRenderer
10.5. &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt;
The &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component acts as a child element to a &lt;rich:dataTable&gt;
component. The &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component iterates through the child collections
in the currently iterated object to create master-detail tables.
Additionally, the detail part of the table can be collapsed or expanded through
different modes. The &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component works with the
&lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt; component, which expands and collapses the subtables.
143
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
10.5.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component requires the same basic attributes as the
&lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component. The value attribute points to the collection, and the var attribute
specifies a variable to use when iterating through the collection.
In addition, the &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component typically needs a corresponding
&lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt; component to allow expanding and collapsing.
Declare the id identifier on the &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; element so that the
&lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt; component can reference it. Refer to Section 10.5.5,
“&lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt;” for details on the &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt;
component.
Example 10.9. Basic usage
&lt;rich:dataTable value=&quot;#{carsBean.inventoryVendorLists}&quot; var=&quot;list&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:columnGroup&gt;
&lt;rich:column colspan=&quot;6&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Cars marketplace&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column breakRowBefore=&quot;true&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Model&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Price&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Mileage&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;VIN Code&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Items stock&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Days Live&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:columnGroup&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;rich:column colspan=&quot;6&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler for=&quot;sbtbl&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{list.vendor}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable value=&quot;#{list.vendorItems}&quot; var=&quot;item&quot; id=&quot;sbtbl&quot;
expandMode=&quot;client&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
144
Basic usage
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{item.model}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{item.price}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{item.mileage}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{item.vin}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{item.stock}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{item.daysLive}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;footer&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Total of #{list.vendor} Cars: #{list.count}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
The resulting tables contains multiple sub-tables, grouping the list of cars by vendor. Each subtable can be expanded or collapsed using the toggle with the vendor’s name. The screenshot
shows all sub-tables collapsed except for the sub-table for Ford cars.
145
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
Figure 10.6.
10.5.2. Expanding and collapsing the sub-table
Use the boolean expanded attribute to control the current state of the sub-table.
The switching mode for performing submissions is determined by the expandMode attribute, which
can have one of the following three values:
server
The default setting. Expansion of the &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component performs a
common submission, completely re-rendering the page.
ajax
Expansion of the &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component performs an Ajax form
submission, and the content of the data table is rendered.
client
Expansion of the &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component updates the data table on the
client side.
10.5.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.CollapsibleSubTable
146
Style classes
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UICollapsibleSubTable
• component-family: org.richfaces.Data
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.CollapsibleSubTableRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.taglib.CollapsibleSubTableHandler
10.5.4. Style classes
Table 10.2. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-cst
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the table.
.rf-cst-r
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a table row.
.rf-cst-fst-r
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first row in a table.
.rf-cst-c
This class defines styles
for a table cell.
tableBackgroundColor
background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
.rf-cst-hdr
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a table header.
.rf-cst-hdr-fst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first header.
.rf-cst-hdr-fst-r
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first row in the
header.
.rf-cst-hdr-c
tableSubHeaderBackgroundColor
background-color
This class defines styles
for a header cell.
147
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
.rf-cst-shdr
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a table sub-header.
.rf-cst-shdr-fst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first sub-header.
.rf-cst-shdr-c
This class defines styles
for a sub-header cell.
tableSubHeaderBackgroundColor
background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
.rf-cst-ftr
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a table footer.
.rf-cst-ftr-fst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first footer.
.rf-cst-ftr-c
This class defines styles
for a footer cell.
tableSubFooterBackgroundColor
background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
148
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
&lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-cst-sftr
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for a table sub-footer.
.rf-cst-sftr-fst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first sub-footer.
.rf-cst-sftr-c
This class defines styles
for a sub-footer cell.
tableSubFooterBackgroundColor
background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
10.5.5. &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt;
The &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt; component provides a toggle control for the user to
expand and collapse sub-tables.
10.5.5.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt; component requires the for attribute. The for
attribute references the id identifier of the &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component to control.
Refer to Example 10.9, “Basic usage” for an example using the &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt;
component. In the example, the toggle control is placed in a column that spans the width of the
table. Output text next to the toggle control displays the car vendor’s name for that sub-table.
10.5.5.2. Appearance
The icons and labels of the &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTableToggler&gt; component can be
customized. Use the collapsedIcon and expandedIcon attributes to specify icons for the toggler
when it is collapsed and expanded respectively. Use the collapsedLabel and expandedLabel
attributes to specify labels for the toggler when it is collapsed and expanded respectively.
10.5.5.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.CollapsibleSubTableToggler
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UICollapsibleSubTableToggleControl
• component-family: org.richfaces.CollapsibleSubTableToggler
149
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.CollapsibleSubTableTogglerRenderer
10.5.5.4. Style classes and skin parameters
Style classes (selectors)
.rf-csttg
This class defines styles for a toggle control.
.rf-csttg-exp
This class defines styles for a toggle control which expands the sub-table.
.rf-csttg-colps
This class defines styles for a toggle control which collapses the sub-table.
10.6. &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt;
The
component builds on the functionality of the
&lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component, adding features such as scrolling for the table body (both
horizontal and vertical), Ajax loading for vertical scrolling, frozen columns, row selection, and
rearranging of columns. It also supports all the basic table features such as sorting, filtering, and
paging using the &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; component.
&lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt;
The &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; component includes the following main attributes not included
in the &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component:
• clientRows
• frozenColumns
• height
• onselectionchange
• selectedClass
• selection
• selectionMode
• showColumnControl
Complex sub-tables
Due to the complex mark-up involved in the &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt;
component, it does not support the use of the &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt;
150
Basic usage
component. The &lt;rich:collapsibleSubTable&gt; component is only available with
the &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component.
Similarly, complex row and column spanning using the breakRowBefore, colSpan,
and rowSpan attributes is also not available with the &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt;
component.
10.6.1. Basic usage
Basic use of the &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; component requires the value and var attributes,
the same as with the &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component. In addition, a set of columns must be
included to define the table content. Refer to Section 10.2, “&lt;rich:dataTable&gt;” for details.
10.6.2. Table appearance
As with the &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component, the look of the &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt;
component can be customized using the header and footer facets.
10.6.3. Extended features
Example 10.10. &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; example
This example &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; component demonstrates horizontal and vertical
scrolling and frozen columns. Each feature is detailed in this section.
&lt;rich:extendedDataTable value=&quot;#{carsBean.allInventoryItems}&quot;
var=&quot;car&quot; id=&quot;table&quot; frozenColumns=&quot;2&quot;
style=&quot;height:300px; width:500px;&quot; selectionMode=&quot;none&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Cars marketplace&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;vendor&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.vendor}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Model&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.model}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Price&quot; /&gt;
151
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.price}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Mileage&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.mileage}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;VIN Code&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.vin}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Items stock&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.stock}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Days Live&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.daysLive}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:extendedDataTable&gt;
Figure 10.7.
152
Extended features
10.6.3.1. Scrolling
The example table shown in Example 10.10, “&lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; example” features both
horizontal and vertical scrolling. Scrolling occurs automatically when the contents of the table
exceed the dimensions specified with the height and width attributes. Headers and footers
remain in place and visible when the table is scrolled.
Large tables can use Ajax &quot;lazy&quot; loading to cache data on the client during scrolling. Use the
clientRows attribute to specify the number of rows to load. The specified number of rows are
loaded on the initial rendering and with every vertical scroll. If the clientRows attribute is not
specified, all the rows are loaded on the client without the use of Ajax.
In addition to Ajax scrolling, the &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; component can also be used
with the &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; component in the same way as a regular &lt;rich:dataTable&gt;
component. If both the clientRows and rows attributes are included, Ajax loading occurs as
defined by the clientRows attribute, but the loading is limited to the current table page as
determined by the rows attribute. Refer to Section 10.9, “&lt;rich:dataScroller&gt;” for full details on
using the &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; component.
10.6.3.2. Frozen columns
The example table shown in Example 10.10, “&lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; example” has the first
two columns frozen so that they remain visible if the user scrolls horizontally through the table.
Note that the horizontal scrollbar does not encompass these frozen columns. To freeze columns,
use the frozenColumns attribute to specify the number of columns on the left-hand side of the
table to freeze.
10.6.3.3. Row selection
Row selection is determined by the selectionMode attribute. Setting the attribute to
none allows for no row selection capability. The example table shown in Example 10.10,
“&lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; example” does not allow row selection.
Setting the selectionMode attribute to single allows the user to select a single row at a time using
the mouse. With the selectionMode attribute set to multiple, the user can select multiple rows.
Holding down the Ctrl key while clicking selects additional rows with each click. Holding down
the Shift key while clicking selects all the rows in a range. Using Ctrl+A will result in selecting
all the rows throughout the table.
The selection attribute points to a collection of objects. It holds the rowKey identifiers to track
which rows are selected. Example 10.11, “Selecting multiple rows” shows how to implement
multiple row selection in the same table from Example 10.10, “&lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt;
example”.
Example 10.11. Selecting multiple rows
&lt;rich:extendedDataTable value=&quot;#{extTableSelectionBean.inventoryItems}&quot;
153
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
var=&quot;car&quot; selection=&quot;#{extTableSelectionBean.selection}&quot;
id=&quot;table&quot; frozenColumns=&quot;2&quot;
style=&quot;height:300px; width:500px;&quot; selectionMode=&quot;multiple&quot;&gt;
...
The accompanying ExtSelectionBean bean handles which rows are selected. The rows are
identified by their rowKey identifiers.
package org.richfaces.demo.tables;
import
import
import
import
java.io.Serializable;
java.util.ArrayList;
java.util.Collection;
java.util.List;
import javax.faces.bean.ManagedBean;
import javax.faces.bean.ManagedProperty;
import javax.faces.bean.SessionScoped;
import javax.faces.event.AjaxBehaviorEvent;
import org.richfaces.component.AbstractExtendedDataTable;
import org.richfaces.demo.tables.model.cars.InventoryItem;
@ManagedBean
@SessionScoped
public class ExtTableSelectionBean implements Serializable{
private Collection&lt;Object&gt; selection;
@ManagedProperty(value = &quot;#{carsBean.allInventoryItems}&quot;)
private List&lt;InventoryItem&gt; inventoryItems;
private List&lt;InventoryItem&gt; selectionItems = new ArrayList&lt;InventoryItem&gt;();
public void selectionListener(AjaxBehaviorEvent event){
AbstractExtendedDataTable dataTable = (AbstractExtendedDataTable)event.getComponent();
Object originalKey = dataTable.getRowKey();
selectionItems.clear();
for (Object selectionKey: selection) {
dataTable.setRowKey(selectionKey);
if (dataTable.isRowAvailable()){
selectionItems.add((InventoryItem)dataTable.getRowData());
}
}
dataTable.setRowKey(originalKey);
}
public Collection&lt;Object&gt; getSelection() {
154
Extended features
return selection;
}
public void setSelection(Collection&lt;Object&gt; selection) {
this.selection = selection;
}
public List&lt;InventoryItem&gt; getInventoryItems() {
return inventoryItems;
}
public void setInventoryItems(List&lt;InventoryItem&gt; inventoryItems) {
this.inventoryItems = inventoryItems;
}
public List&lt;InventoryItem&gt; getSelectionItems() {
return selectionItems;
}
public void setSelectionItems(List&lt;InventoryItem&gt; selectionItems) {
this.selectionItems = selectionItems;
}
}
Figure 10.8.
10.6.3.4. Rearranging columns
Columns in a &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; component can be rearranged by the user by dragging
each column to a different position. A graphical representation of the column is displayed during
155
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
dragging. Figure 10.9, “Dragging columns” illustrates the Price column being dragged to a new
location. The small blue arrow indicates where the column will be moved to if it is dropped in
the current position. Figure 10.10, “Rearranged columns” shows the result of dragging the Price
column.
Figure 10.9. Dragging columns
156
Extended features
Figure 10.10. Rearranged columns
10.6.3.5. Column control
Column visibility can be changed through a popup menu, enabled by setting showColumnControl
attribute to true:
157
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
Figure 10.11. Columns visible
158
Extended features
Figure 10.12. Columns hidden
The column control menu requires the table to have a header to put the button in. The labels in
the menu can be customized by adding name attribute on rich:column, otherwise the labels are
taken from the column header or footer. Component id is used in case the column doesn’t have
name, header or footer.
10.6.3.6. State saving
The tableState attribute of the &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; component can be used to bind
state of the table (column width, sequence, sorting, filtering) to a backing-bean string property, for
a later use. This state can be for example saved to a database, and it is different from standard
JSF state saving mechanism.
159
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
10.6.3.7. Meta-components
The ExtendedDataTable supports a number of meta-component ids that can be used as a
shorthand for specifying execute and render targets. The following meta-components IDs are
supported with the ExtendedDataTable:
@scroll
The scrollable part of the table
@header
The table header
@footer
The table footer
@body
The table body
10.6.3.8. Filtering and sorting
The &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; component can include filtering and sorting in the same way as
a regular &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; component. For full details on filtering tables, refer to Section 10.10,
“Table filtering”. For full details on sorting tables, refer to Section 10.11, “Table sorting”.
10.6.4. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:extendedDataTable&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
filter(columnId, newFilterValue, [isClearPreviousFilters])
Filter the table based on the column specified with the columnId parameter. Use the
newFilterValue parameter as the filter value. The optional isClearPreviousFilters
parameter is a boolean value which, if set to true, will clear any previous filters applied to
the table.
sort(columnId, [direction], [isClearPreviousSorting])
Sort the table based on the column specified with the columnId parameter. The option
direction parameter specifies whether to sort in ascending or descending order. The
optional isClearPreviousSorting parameter is a boolean value which, if set to true, will
clear any previous sorting applied to the table.
clearSorting()
Clear any sorting that is currently applied to the table.
clearFiltering()
Clear any filtering that is currently applied to the table.
selectRows(index|range)
Select one or multiple rows, accepts a number (rowIndex) or an array ([firstRowIndex,
lastRowIndex]). Indices are relative to the current view.
160
Reference data
deselectRow(index)
Deselect the row that is currently selected, relative to the current view.
10.6.5. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.ExtendedDataTable
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIExtendedDataTable
• component-family: org.richfaces.Data
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.ExtendedDataTableRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.taglib.ExtendedDataTableHandler
10.6.6. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 10.3. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-edt
tableBorderWidth,
border
This class defines styles
for the table.
.rich-edt-cnt
tableBorderColor
tableBackgroundColor
background-color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the table content.
.rf-edt-c
This class defines styles
for a table cell.
tableBorderWidth,
border-bottom
tableBorderColor
tableBorderWidth,
border-right
tableBorderColor
.rf-edt-c-cnt
This class defines styles
for the contents of a cell.
.rf-edt-tbl-hdr
This class defines styles
for the table header.
.rich-edt-hdr
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
tableBorderWidth,
border-bottom
tableBorderColor
tableHeaderTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
tableHeaderTextColor
color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a header.
161
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-edt-hdr-c
tableBorderWidth,
border-bottom
This class defines styles
for a table header cell.
tableBorderColor
tableBorderWidth,
border-right
tableBorderColor
.rf-edt-hdr-c-cnt
This class defines styles
for the contents of a
header cell.
.rf-edt-tbl-ftr
This class defines styles
for the table footer.
.rich-edt-ftr
This class defines styles
for a footer.
.rich-edt-ftr-cnt
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
tableHeaderTextColor
color
tableBorderWidth,
border-top
tableBorderColor
tableFooterBackgroundColor background-color
tableBorderWidth,
border-top
tableBorderColor
tableFooterBackgroundColor background-color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the content of a footer.
.rf-edt-ftr-c
This class defines styles
for a table footer cell.
tableBorderWidth,
border-bottom
tableBorderColor
tableBorderWidth,
border-right
tableBorderColor
.rf-edt-ftr-c-cnt
This class defines styles
for the contents of a
footer cell.
.rf-edt-ftr-emp
This class defines styles
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalTextColor
color
tableBorderWidth,
border-right
tableBorderColor
for an empty footer cell.
.rich-edt-ftr-fzn
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a frozen footer.
.rich-edt-b
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the body of the table.
.rf-edt-r-sel
This class defines styles
for the selected row.
162
tableBorderWidth,
tableBorderColor
border-right
&lt;rich:dataGrid&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rich-edt-r-act
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the active row.
.rich-edt-rsz
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the table resizer.
.rich-edt-rsz-cntr
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the resize container.
.rich-edt-rsz-mkr
generalTextColor
border-left
tableBorderWidth,
border
This class defines styles
for the resize marker.
.rf-edt-rord
This class defines
styles for the re-order
functionality.
.rich-edt-rord-mkr
tableBorderColor
tableHeaderBackgroundColor background-color
/ tableBackgroundColor
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the re-order marker.
.rich-edt-spcr
No skin parameters.
This class defines a
spacer for Internet
Explorer 7compatibility.
.rf-edt-colctrl-btn
tableBorderColor
border-left
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
This class defines styles
for the column control
button.
.rf-edt-colctrl
This class defines styles
for the column control
popup.
additionalBackgroundColor background-color
tableBorderColor
border
10.7. &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt;
The &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt; component is used to arrange data objects in a grid. Values in the grid can
be updated dynamically from the data model, and Ajax updates can be limited to specific rows.
The component supports header, footer, and caption facets.
163
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
The &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt; component is similar in function to the JavaServer Faces &lt;h:panelGrid&gt;
component. However, the &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt; component additionally allows iteration through the
data model rather than just aligning child components in a grid layout.
Figure 10.13. The &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt; component
10.7.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt; component requires the value attribute, which points to the data model,
and the var attribute, which holds the current variable for the collection of data.
10.7.2. Customizing the grid
The number of columns for the grid is specifed with the columns attribute, and the number of
elements to layout among the columns is determined with the elements attribute. The first
attribute references the zero-based element in the data model from which the grid starts.
Example 10.12. &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt; example
&lt;rich:panel style=&quot;width:150px;height:200px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;rich:dataGrid value=&quot;#{dataTableScrollerBean.allCars}&quot; var=&quot;car&quot; columns=&quot;2&quot; elements=&quot;4&quot; fi
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Car Store&quot;&gt;&lt;/h:outputText&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;rich:panel&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.make} #{car.model}&quot;&gt;&lt;/h:outputText&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:panelGrid columns=&quot;2&quot;&gt;
164
Partial updates
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Price:&quot; styleClass=&quot;label&quot;&gt;&lt;/h:outputText&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.price}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Mileage:&quot; styleClass=&quot;label&quot;&gt;&lt;/h:outputText&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.mileage}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/h:panelGrid&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;footer&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:dataScroller&gt;&lt;/rich:dataScroller&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataGrid&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
Figure 10.14. &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt; example
10.7.3. Partial updates
As &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt; the component is based on the &lt;a4j:repeat&gt; component, it can be partially
updated with Ajax. Refer to Section 10.1.2, “Limited views and partial updates” for details on
partially updating the &lt;rich:dataGrid&gt; component.
10.7.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.DataGrid
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIDataGrid
• component-family: org.richfaces.Data
165
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.DataGridRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.taglib.DataGridHandler
10.7.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 10.4. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-dg
tableBackgroundColor
background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-left-width,
This class defines styles
for the grid.
border-top-width
tableBorderColor
border-left-color,
border-top-color
.rf-dg-cap
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the grid caption.
.rf-dg-r
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a grid row.
.rf-dg-c
This class defines styles
for a grid cell.
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
.rf-dg-nd-c
This class defines styles
for a node cell.
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
.rf-dg-th
This class defines styles
for the grid header
section.
.rf-dg-h
This class defines styles
for a grid header.
166
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color
No skin parameters.
&lt;rich:list&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-dg-h-f
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the first header.
.rf-dg-h-r
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a header row.
.rf-dg-h-c
This class defines styles
for a header cell.
tableHeaderBackgroundColor background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
.rf-dg-f
tableHeaderTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a grid footer.
.rf-dg-f-f
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first footer.
.rf-dg-f-c
This class defines styles
for a footer cell.
tableFooterBackgroundColor background-color
tableBorderWidth
border-bottom-width,
border-right-width
tableBorderColor
border-bottom-color,
border-right-color
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
10.8. &lt;rich:list&gt;
The &lt;rich:list&gt; component renders a list of items. The list can be an numerically ordered list,
an un-ordered bullet-point list, or a data definition list. The component uses a data model for
managing the list items, which can be updated dynamically.
10.8.1. Basic usage
The var attribute names a variable for iterating through the items in the data model. The items to
iterate through are determined with the value attribute by using EL (Expression Language).
167
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
10.8.2. Type of list
By default, the list is displayed as an un-ordered bullet-point list. The type attribute is used to
specify different list types:
unordered
The default presentation. The list is presented as a series of bullet-points, similar to the &lt;ul&gt;
HTML element.
Figure 10.15. Unordered list
ordered
The list is presented as a numbered series of items, similar to the &lt;ol&gt; HTML element.
Figure 10.16. Ordered list
definitions
The list is presented as a series of data definitions. Part of the data model, specified as the
term, is listed prominently. The other associated data is listed after each term.
168
Bullet and numeration appearance
Figure 10.17. Data definition list
The term is marked using the term facet. The facet is required for all definition lists. Use of the
facet is shown in Example 10.13, “Data definition list”.
Example 10.13. Data definition list
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;rich:list var=&quot;car&quot; value=&quot;#{dataTableScrollerBean.allCars}&quot; type=&quot;definitions&quot; rows=&quot;5&quot; tit
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;term&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.make} #{car.model}&quot;&gt;&lt;/h:outputText&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Price:&quot; styleClass=&quot;label&quot;&gt;&lt;/h:outputText&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.price}&quot; /&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Mileage:&quot; styleClass=&quot;label&quot;&gt;&lt;/h:outputText&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.mileage}&quot; /&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;/rich:list&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
10.8.3. Bullet and numeration appearance
The appearance of bullet points for unordered lists or numeration for ordered lists can be
customized through CSS, using the list-style-type property.
10.8.4. Customizing the list
The first attribute specifies which item in the data model to start from, and the rows
attribute specifies the number of items to list. The title attribute is used for a floating tool-tip.
Example 10.14, “&lt;rich:list&gt; example” shows a simple example using the &lt;rich:list&gt; component.
169
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
Example 10.14. &lt;rich:list&gt; example
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;rich:list
var=&quot;car&quot;
value=&quot;#{dataTableScrollerBean.allCars}&quot;
rows=&quot;5&quot;
type=&quot;unordered&quot;
title=&quot;Car
Store&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.make} #{car.model}&quot;/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Price:&quot; styleClass=&quot;label&quot;&gt;&lt;/h:outputText&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.price} &quot;/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Mileage:&quot; styleClass=&quot;label&quot;&gt;&lt;/h:outputText&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.mileage} &quot;/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;/rich:list&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
Figure 10.18. &lt;rich:list&gt; example
10.8.5. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.List
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIList
• component-family: org.richfaces.List
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.ListRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.taglib.ListHandler
170
Style classes and skin parameters
10.8.6. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 10.5. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ulst-itm
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
This class defines
styles for an item in an
unordered list.
.rf-olst-itm
This class defines
styles for an item in an
unordered list.
.rf-dlst-trm
This class defines styles
for the term of an item in
a definition list.
.rf-dlst-dfn
This class defines styles
for the definition of an
item in a definition list.
10.9. &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt;
The &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; component is used for navigating through multiple pages of tables
or grids.
Figure 10.19. The &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; component
171
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
10.9.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; must be placed in a facet of the table or grid it needs to control.
Alternatively, use the for attribute to bind the parent table or grid to the scroller.
The bound table or grid should also have the rows attribute defined to limit the number of rows
per page.
The &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; component must be re-rendered whenever a filter changes on the
bound table, so that the scroller matches the current model for the table.
Example 10.15. Basic usage
&lt;rich:dataTable id=&quot;table&quot; value=&quot;#{capitalsBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;cap&quot; rows=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
&lt;!-- table content --&gt;
...
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
&lt;rich:dataScroller for=&quot;table&quot; maxPages=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;first&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;First&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;last&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Last&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataScroller&gt;
10.9.2. Appearance and interactivity
The page attribute is a value-binding attribute used to define and save the current page number.
The &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; component provides a range of controllers for scrolling through tables
and grids:
Controls for scrolling by a specific amount
The component includes controls for switching to the first page, the last page, the next
page, and the previous page, as well as controls for fast-forwarding or rewinding by a set
amount. Use the fastStep attribute to set the number of pages to skip when fast-forwarding
or rewinding. The appearance of these controls can be customized using the following
facets: first, last, next, previous, fastForward, and fastRewind. Additionally, there are
facets for the controls' disabled states: first_disabled, last_disabled, next_disabled,
previous_disabled, fastForward_disabled, and fastRewind_disabled.
Page controls
The component also features a series of numbered controls to jump to a specific page. Use
the maxPages attribute to limit the number of page controls that appear. The current page
172
JavaScript API
control is highlighted. To add optional separators between controls, define the separators with
the controlsSeparator facet.
10.9.3. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:dataScroller&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
switchToPage(pageIndex)
Switch to the page specified with the pageIndex parameter.
next()
Switch to the next page.
previous()
Switch to the previous page.
first()
Switch to the first page.
last()
Switch to the last page.
fastForward()
Step forward through the pages by the fastStep amount.
fastRewind()
Step backward through the pages by the fastStep amount.
10.9.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.DataScroller
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIDataScroller
• component-family: org.richfaces.DataScroller
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.DataScrollerRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.taglib.DataScrollerHandler
10.9.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 10.6. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ds
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
tableBackgroundColor
background
This class defines styles
for the data scroller.
173
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ds-btn
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
tableBorderColor
border-color
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
This class defines styles
for buttons in the data
scroller.
.rf-ds-btn-first
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the first button.
.rf-ds-btn-fastrwd
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the fast rewind
button.
.rf-ds-btn-prev
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the previous button.
.rf-ds-btn-next
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the next button.
.rf-ds-btn-fastfwd
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the fast forward
button.
.rf-ds-btn-last
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the last button.
.rf-ds-nmb-btn
This class defines styles
for page number buttons
in the data scroller.
.rf-ds-press
This class defines styles
for a data scroller when a
control is pressed.
.rf-ds-act
This class defines styles
for an active data scroller.
174
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
tableBorderColor
border-color
tableBackgroundColor
background-color
tableBorderColor
border-color
tableBackgroundColor
background
tableBorderColor
color
Table filtering
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ds-dis
tableBorderColor
color
This class defines styles
for a disabled data
scroller.
10.10. Table filtering
Tables entries can be filtered by the user through either the basic built-in filter inputs, or by
defining external filter controls. Refer to Section 10.3, “&lt;rich:column&gt;” for details on using the
&lt;rich:column&gt; component in tables.
10.10.1. Filter Definition
To define a filter for a column use either the filter or filterExpression attributes, then use the
filterValue attribute to point to an object which holds the current filtering value for the column.
The attribute can be used to store filtering conditions in a session.
Use the filterExpression attribute to define an expression that can be evaluated as a boolean
value. The expression checks if each table entry satisfies the filtering condition when the table is
rendered. For example, the expression might be a JSTL (JavaServer Pages Standard Tag Library)
function such as contains or equals.
Use the filter attribute to define a filter interface. The attribute must use EL (Expression
Language) to point to an object which implements the org.richfaces.model.Filter&lt;T&gt;
interface. The object must provide a single accept(T t) method. The method takes each iteration
object as a parameter and returns a boolean value, which determines whether the object satisfies
the filter. By defining a custom filter, you can implement complex business logic to filter a table.
10.10.2. Built-in filter controls
The built-in filter controls of the &lt;rich:column&gt; component allow the user to enter text to use
as the filtering value. The value of the built-in filter control is bound to the filterValue attribute,
which can either be an initial filtering value on the page, or a value binding on the server. The
filterValue is then applied to the filter defined either by the filterExpression or filter column
attributes.
The filterValue is of type String. Conversion is either done implicitly via EL in the
filterExpression, or explicitly within the filter function. The filter is processed and the table
is rendered when the onblur event occurs for the column.
Example 10.16. Basic filtering
&lt;rich:extendedDataTable value=&quot;#{carsBean.allInventoryItems}&quot; var=&quot;car&quot; filterVar=&quot;filterValue&quot;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
175
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Cars marketplace&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;rich:column
filterExpression=&quot;#{empty
filterValue
or
fn:startsWith(car.model, filterValue)}&quot;
filterValue=&quot;#{carsFilteringBean.modelFilter}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;Model&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.model}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column filterExpression=&quot;#{empty filterValue or car.price ge
filterValue}&quot;
filterValue=&quot;#{carsFilteringBean.priceFilter}&quot;
filterConverterMessage=&quot;Error converting the 'Price' filter value&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;Price&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{car.price}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:extendedDataTable&gt;
The example uses the basic filtering method on both columns in the table.
10.10.3. External filter controls
If you require more advanced filter controls use the external filtering properties of the
&lt;rich:column&gt; component. With custom filter controls you can tailor the filter control, allowing
for advanced use cases like select menus, checkboxes, etc. To use a custom filter control with
the extendedDataTable component, one must first disable the built-in filter control.
Disabling built-in filter controls
The built-in filter controls can be disabled on a column-by-column basis by setting
the column attribute filterType=&quot;custom&quot;. Alternatively one can disable filter
controls for the whole application via the following context-param in the web.xml:
&lt;context-param&gt;
&lt;param-name&gt;org.richfaces.builtin.filter.enabled&lt;/param-name&gt;
&lt;param-value&gt;false&lt;/param-value&gt;
&lt;/context-param&gt;
Example 10.17. Filtering example
&lt;rich:dataTable value=&quot;#{capitalsBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;cap&quot; id=&quot;table&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:columnGroup&gt;
176
Table sorting
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;State Name&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;State Time Zone&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:columnGroup&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;rich:column filter=&quot;#{filteringBean.stateFilter}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:inputText value=&quot;#{filteringBean.stateFilterValue}&quot; id=&quot;input&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax event=&quot;keyup&quot; render=&quot;table@body&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:attachQueue requestDelay=&quot;700&quot;
ignoreDupResponses=&quot;true&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/a4j:ajax&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.state}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column filterExpression=&quot;#{fn:containsIgnoreCase(cap.timeZone,
filteringBean.zoneFilterValue)}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:selectOneMenu value=&quot;#{filteringBean.zoneFilterValue}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:selectItems value=&quot;#{filteringBean.zoneList}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;a4j:ajax event=&quot;change&quot; render=&quot;table@body&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:selectOneMenu&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.timeZone}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
The example uses a filter expression on the first column and a filter method on the second column.
Figure 10.20.
10.11. Table sorting
Tables entries can be sorted by defining external sorting algorithms. Refer to Section 10.3,
“&lt;rich:column&gt;” for details on using the &lt;rich:column&gt; component in tables.
177
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
Sorting non-English tables
To
sort
a
table
whose
contents
are not in English, add the
org.richfaces.datatableUsesViewLocale context parameter to the project’s
web.xml settings file. Set the value of the context parameter to true.
10.11.1. Comparator Definition
Use the comparator attribute of the &lt;rich:column&gt; to specify the comparator to use when
sorting. If no comparator is specified, the sorting algorithm will invoke the entries compareTo
method of the sortBy values if they implement the java.lang.Comparable interface. As a final
fall back, the algorithm implements a null sort, sorting elements based on whether or not they
are null.
10.11.2. Built-in sort controls
The built-in sorting controls of the &lt;rich:column&gt; component allow a user to click the sort icons
of a column to sort it in ascending or descending order.
Set the sortBy attribute to indicate which value to use when sorting the column. Expressions in
the sortBy attribute must refer to the variable declared in the table’s var attribute, which is used
to fill the contents of the table.
Example 10.18. Basic sorting
&lt;rich:dataTable value=&quot;#{capitalsBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;cap&quot; width=&quot;300px&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:column sortBy=&quot;#{cap.state}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;State Name&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.state}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column sortBy=&quot;#{cap.name}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;State Capital&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.name}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
The example uses the basic sorting method on both columns in the table.
Use the sortOrder attribute to set how the table’s contents are sorted when it is first loaded. By
default, the value of the sortOrder attribute is unsorted, so that table entries appear in the order
the are contained in the data model. Use sortOrder=&quot;ascending&quot; to sort the entries in ascending
178
External sort controls
alphabetical or numerical order. Use sortOrder=&quot;descending&quot; to sort the entries in descending
alphabetical or numerical order. The sortOrder attribute can also be used to externally set the
sort order of a table when using the external sorting method; refer to Section 10.11.3, “External
sort controls” for details.
10.11.3. External sort controls
Set the sortBy attribute to indicate which iteration object property to use when sorting the
column. If using custom-defined rules for sorting, use the comparator attribute instead. Set the
comparator attribute to point to your comparator method, which will be used when sorting the
data model.
Disabling built-in sort controls
The built-in sort controls can be disabled on a column-by-column basis by
setting the column attribute sortType=&quot;custom&quot;. Alternatively one can disable sort
controls for the whole application via the following context-param in the web.xml:
&lt;context-param&gt;
&lt;param-name&gt;org.richfaces.builtin.sort.enabled&lt;/param-name&gt;
&lt;param-value&gt;false&lt;/param-value&gt;
&lt;/context-param&gt;
Bind the sortOrder attribute to bean properties to manage the sorting order. The bean must
handle all the sorting algorithms. Example 10.19, “Sorting” demonstrates table sorting using an
external control.
Example 10.19. Sorting
&lt;rich:dataTable value=&quot;#{capitalsBean.capitals}&quot; var=&quot;cap&quot; id=&quot;table&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:column&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
State Flag
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;#{cap.stateFlag}&quot; alt=&quot;flag&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column sortBy=&quot;#{cap.name}&quot; id=&quot;name&quot; sortOrder=&quot;#{capitalsSortingBean.capitalsOrder}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandLink
value=&quot;Sort
by
Capital
Name&quot; render=&quot;table&quot; action=&quot;#{capitalsSortingBean.sortByCapitals}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.name}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
179
Chapter 10. Tables and grids
&lt;rich:column sortBy=&quot;#{cap.state}&quot; id=&quot;state&quot; sortOrder=&quot;#{capitalsSortingBean.statesOrder}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandLink
value=&quot;Sort
by
State
Name&quot; render=&quot;table&quot; action=&quot;#{capitalsSortingBean.sortByStates}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.state}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;rich:column sortBy=&quot;#{cap.timeZone}&quot; id=&quot;timeZone&quot; comparator=&quot;#{capitalsSortingBean.timeZon
sortOrder=&quot;#{capitalsSortingBean.timeZonesOrder}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;header&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandLink
value=&quot;Sort
by
Time
Zone&quot; render=&quot;table&quot; action=&quot;#{capitalsSortingBean.sortByTimeZones}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{cap.timeZone}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:column&gt;
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
The example uses an external control to manage the table’s sorting.
When multiple columns are capable of being sorted at the same time, set the priority by which the
columns are sorted with the sortPriorities attribute. The attribute must contain a list of column
identifiers in the order of the sorting sequence.
180
Chapter 11.
Trees
Read this chapter for details on components that use tree structures.
11.1. &lt;rich:tree&gt;
The &lt;rich:tree&gt; component provides a hierarchical tree control. Each &lt;rich:tree&gt; component
typically consists of &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; child components. The appearance and behavior of the
tree and its nodes can be fully customized.
11.1.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:tree&gt; component requires the value attribute to point to the data model for populating
the tree. The data model must be either an org.richfaces.model.TreeNode interface, an
org.richfaces.model.TreeDataModel interface, or a javax.swing.tree.TreeNode interface.
The var attribute declares the variable used for iterating through the data model, so that child
&lt;rich:treeNode&gt; components can reference each iteration.
Ideally, the &lt;rich:tree&gt; component needs one or more &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; components to work
with the data model. However if no &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; components are provided the tree creates
default nodes instead.
Example 11.1. Basic usage
This example demonstrates basic usage of the &lt;rich:tree&gt; component using an
org.richfaces.model.TreeNode data model.
First extend the org.richfaces.model.TreeNodeImpl and add the data fields you require, with
appropriate accessor methods, as in:
import org.richfaces.model.TreeNodeImpl;
public class DataHolderTreeNodeImpl extends TreeNodeImpl {
private Object data;
public DataHolderTreeNodeImpl() {
super();
}
public DataHolderTreeNodeImpl(boolean leaf, Object data) {
super(leaf);
this.data = data;
}
public Object getData() {
return data;
}
181
Chapter 11. Trees
@Override
public String toString() {
return super.toString() + &quot; &gt;&gt; &quot; + data;
}
}
Then, the data model is constructed as follows:
private DataHolderTreeNodeImpl stationRoot;
private DataHolderTreeNodeImpl rootNodes;
public DataHolderTreeNodeImpl getRootNodes() {
if (rootNodes == null) {
String[] kickRadioFeed = {&quot;Hall &amp; Oates - Kiss On My List&quot;,
&quot;David Bowie - Let's Dance&quot;,
&quot;Lyn Collins - Think (About It)&quot;,
&quot;Kim Carnes - Bette Davis Eyes&quot;,
&quot;KC &amp; the Sunshine Band - Give It Up&quot;};
stationRoot = new DataHolderTreeNodeImpl(false, &quot;KickRadio&quot;);
for (int i = 0; i&lt;kickRadioFeed.length; i++) {
DataHolderTreeNodeImpl child = new DataHolderTreeNodeImpl(true, kickRadioFeed[i]);
stationRoot.addChild(i, child);
}
rootNodes = new DataHolderTreeNodeImpl();
rootNodes.addChild(0, stationRoot);
}
return rootNodes;
}
The tree then accesses the nodes of the model using the station variable:
&lt;rich:tree value=&quot;#{stations.stationNodes}&quot; var=&quot;station&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{station}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;/rich:tree&gt;
182
Appearance
Figure 11.1.
11.1.2. Appearance
Different nodes in the tree can have different appearances, such as node icons, depending on
the type of data the node contains. Use the nodeType attribute to differentiate the types of nodes;
the node is then rendered according to the &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; component with the corresponding
type attribute. Example 11.2, “nodeType attribute” shows a &lt;rich:tree&gt; component with
three different child &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; components defined to represent three different node
appearances. Refer to Section 11.1.10.2, “Appearance” for details on customizing the appearance
of &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; components.
Example 11.2. nodeType attribute
&lt;rich:tree nodeType=&quot;#{node.type}&quot; var=&quot;node&quot; value=&quot;#{treeBean.rootNodes}&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:treeNode type=&quot;country&quot;&gt;
#{node.name}
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;rich:treeNode type=&quot;company&quot; iconExpanded=&quot;/images/tree/disc.gif&quot;
iconCollapsed=&quot;/images/tree/disc.gif&quot;&gt;
#{node.name}
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;rich:treeNode type=&quot;cd&quot; iconLeaf=&quot;/images/tree/song.gif&quot;&gt;
#{node.artist} - #{node.name} - #{node.year}
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;/rich:tree&gt;
183
Chapter 11. Trees
Figure 11.2.
11.1.2.1. Default nodes
If the nodeType attribute returns null the nodes are rendered as &quot;typeless&quot; (or default) nodes.
Setting useDefaultNode=&quot;true&quot; the default nodes can be used to render nodes that do not match
with the provided treeNodes.
Example 11.3. Default treeNode
&lt;rich:tree nodeType=&quot;#{node.type}&quot; var=&quot;node&quot; value=&quot;#{treeBean.rootNodes}&quot; useDefaultNode=&quot;tru
&lt;rich:treeNode type=&quot;country&quot;&gt;
#{node.name}
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;/rich:tree&gt;
Only type=&quot;country&quot; is set up, other nodes (&quot;company&quot; and &quot;cd&quot;) will be created using the default
treeNode.
184
Appearance
Figure 11.3.
&lt;rich:tree nodeType=&quot;#{node.type}&quot; var=&quot;node&quot; value=&quot;#{treeBean.rootNodes}&quot; useDefaultNode=&quot;tru
&lt;rich:treeNode type=&quot;country&quot;&gt;
#{node.name}
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;defaultNode&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:treeNode iconExpanded=&quot;/images/tree/disc.gif&quot; iconCollapsed=&quot;/
images/tree/disc.gif&quot;
iconLeaf=&quot;/images/tree/song.gif&quot;&gt;
#{node.name}
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:tree&gt;
The appearance of the default treeNode can be changed by using a facet named defaultNode.
185
Chapter 11. Trees
Figure 11.4.
Icons for different nodes and node states can be defined for the whole tree using the following
attributes:
iconLeaf
The iconLeaf attribute points to the icon to use for any node that does not contain any child
nodes.
iconExpanded and iconCollapsed
The iconExpanded and iconCollapsed attributes point to the icons to use for expanded and
collapsed nodes respectively. If these attributes are defined, the icon attribute is not used.
11.1.3. Expanding and collapsing tree nodes
The mode for performing submissions when nodes are expanded or collapsed is determined by
the toggleType attribute, which can have one of the following three values:
ajax
This is the default setting. The &lt;rich:tree&gt; component performs an Ajax form submission,
and only the content of the tree is rendered.
server
The &lt;rich:tree&gt; component performs a common submission, completely refreshing the
page.
client
The &lt;rich:tree&gt; component updates on the client side through JavaScript, without any
additional requests or updates. All nodes are rendered to the client during the initial page
rendering.
By default, tree nodes are expanded and collapsed through the \+ and - controls. To expand or
collapse a tree node using an action event such as a mouse click, specify the event with the
toggleNodeEvent attribute.
186
Selecting tree nodes
11.1.4. Selecting tree nodes
The mode for performing submissions when nodes are selected is determined by the
selectionType attribute, which can have one of the following three values:
ajax
This is the default setting. The &lt;rich:tree&gt; component performs an Ajax form submission,
and only the content of the tree is rendered.
client
The &lt;rich:tree&gt; component updates on the client side using JavaScript, without any
additional requests or updates.
11.1.5. Identifying nodes with the rowKeyConverter attribute
If the &lt;rich:tree&gt; component uses a custom data model, the data model provides unique keys
for tree nodes so they can be identified during a client request. The &lt;rich:tree&gt; component can
use strings as key values. These strings may contain special characters that are not allowed by
browsers, such as the left angle bracket (&lt;) and ampersand (&amp;). To allow these characters in the
keys, a row key converter must be provided.
To apply a converter to the &lt;rich:tree&gt; component, define it with the rowKeyConverter attribute.
11.1.6. Event handling
In addition to the standard Ajax events and HMTL events, the &lt;rich:tree&gt; component uses the
following client-side events:
• The nodetoggle event is triggered when a node is expanded or collapsed.
• The beforenodetoggle event is triggered before a node is expanded or collapsed.
• The selectionchange event is triggered when a node is selected.
• The beforeselectionchange event is triggered before a node is selected.
The &lt;rich:tree&gt; component uses the following server-side listeners:
• The toggleListener listener processes expand and collapse events.
• The selectionChangeListener listener processes the request when a node is selected.
11.1.7. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Tree
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UItree
187
Chapter 11. Trees
• component-family: org.richfaces.Tree
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.TreeRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.TreeHandler
11.1.8. Style classes
Styling for the &lt;rich:tree&gt; component is mostly applied to the tree nodes. Refer to
Section 11.1.10.5, “Style classes and skin parameters” for details on styling tree nodes. In
addition, the &lt;rich:tree&gt; component can make use of the style classes outlined in Style classes
(selectors).
Style classes (selectors)
.rf-tr-nd
This class defines styles for the nodes in a tree.
.rf-tr-nd-last
This class defines styles for last node in a tree.
.rf-tr-nd-colps
This class defines styles for a collapsed tree node.
.rf-tr-nd-exp
This class defines styles for an expanded tree node.
11.1.9. &lt;rich:treeSelectionChangeListener&gt;
Use
the
tag
to
register
a
TreeSelectionChangeListener class on a parent &lt;rich:tree&gt; component. The class provided
as a listener must implement the org.richfaces.event.TreeSelectionChangeListener
interface.
The
processTreeSelectionChange
method
accepts
an
org.richface.event.TreeSelectionChangeEvent event as a parameter.
&lt;rich:treeSelectionChangeListener&gt;
11.1.10. &lt;rich:treeNode&gt;
The &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; component is a child component of the &lt;rich:tree&gt; component. It
represents nodes in the parent tree. The appearance and functionality of each tree node can be
customized.
11.1.10.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; component must be a child of a &lt;rich:tree&gt; component or a tree adaptor
component. It does not need any attributes declared for basic usage, but can provide markup
templates for tree nodes of particular types. Default markup is used if the tree node type is
not specified. Refer to Example 11.1, “Basic usage” for an example of basic &lt;rich:treeNode&gt;
component usage.
188
&lt;rich:treeNode&gt;
Example 11.4. Basic usage
&lt;rich:tree nodeType=&quot;#{node.type}&quot; var=&quot;node&quot;
value=&quot;#{treeBean.rootNodes}&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:treeNode type=&quot;country&quot;&gt;
#{node.name}
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;rich:treeNode type=&quot;state&quot;&gt;
#{node.name}
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;rich:treeNode type=&quot;city&quot;&gt;
#{node.name}
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;/rich:tree&gt;
The example renders a simple tree of countries. Each country node expands to show state nodes
for that country, and each state node expands to show city nodes for that state.
11.1.10.2. Appearance
Refer to Section 11.1.2, “Appearance” for the &lt;rich:tree&gt; component for details and
examples on styling nodes and icons. Icon styling for individual &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; components
uses the same attributes as the parent &lt;rich:tree&gt; component: iconLeaf, iconExpanded,
and iconCollapsed. Icon-related attributes specified for child &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; components
overwrite any global icon attributes of the parent &lt;rich:tree&gt; component.
Use the rendered attribute to determine whether the node should actually be rendered in the tree
or not. Using the rendered attribute in combination with the &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; type attribute can
allow further style differentiation between node content.
11.1.10.3. Interactivity
Interactivity with individual nodes, such as expanding, collapsing, and other event handling, can
be managed by the parent &lt;rich:tree&gt; component. Refer to Section 11.1.3, “Expanding and
collapsing tree nodes” and Section 11.1.6, “Event handling” for further details.
Use the expanded attribute to determine whether the node is expanded or collapsed.
11.1.10.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.TreeNode
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UITreeNode
• component-family: org.richfaces.TreeNode
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.TreeNodeRenderer
189
Chapter 11. Trees
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.TreeNodeHandler
11.1.10.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 11.1. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-trn
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
This class defines styles
for a tree node.
.rf-trn-lbl
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a tree node label.
.rf-trn-cnt
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for tree node content.
.rf-trn-sel
additionalBackgroundColor background
This class defines styles
for a selected tree node.
.rf-trn-ldn
additionalBackgroundColor background
This class defines styles
for a tree node when it is
loading.
.rf-trn-hnd
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a tree node handle.
.rf-trn-hnd-lf
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the handle of a leaf
node.
.rf-trn-hnd-colps
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the handle of a
collapsed node.
.rf-trn-hnd-exp
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the handle of an
expanded node.
.rf-trn-hnd-ldn-fct
This class defines styles
for the loading facet of a
tree node handle.
190
No skin parameters.
Tree adaptors
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-trn-ico
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for tree node icon.
.rf-trn-ico-lf
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon of a leaf
node.
.rf-trn-ico-colps
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon of a collapsed
node.
.rf-trn-ico-exp
No skin parameters.
This class defines
styles for the icon of an
expanded node.
.rf-trn-ico-cst
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a custom node icon.
11.1.10.6. &lt;rich:treeToggleListener&gt;
Use the &lt;rich:treeToggleListener&gt; tag to register a TreeToggleListener class on a
parent &lt;rich:treeNode&gt; component. The class provided as a listener must implement
the org.richfaces.event.TreeToggleListener interface. The processTreeToggle method
accepts an org.richface.event.TreeToggleEvent event as a parameter.
11.2. Tree adaptors
Use a tree adaptor to populate a tree model declaratively from a non-hierarchical model, such
as a list or a map.
11.2.1. &lt;rich:treeModelAdaptor&gt;
The &lt;rich:treeModelAdaptor&gt; component takes an object which implements the Map or
Iterable interfaces. It adds all the object entries to the parent node as child nodes.
11.2.1.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:treeModelAdaptor&gt; component is added as a nested child component to a
&lt;rich:tree&gt; component, or to another tree adaptor component.
The &lt;rich:treeModelAdaptor&gt; component requires the nodes attribute for basic usage. The
nodes attribute defines a collection of elements to iterate through for populating the nodes.
191
Chapter 11. Trees
Define the appearance of each node added by the adaptor with a child &lt;rich:treeNode&gt;
component. Refer to Section 11.1.10, “&lt;rich:treeNode&gt;” for details on the &lt;rich:treeNode&gt;
component.
11.2.1.2. Identifying nodes
Adaptors that use Map interfaces or models with non-string keys require a row key converter
in order to correctly identify nodes. Refer to Section 11.1.5, “Identifying nodes with the
rowKeyConverter attribute” for details on the use of the rowKeyConverter attribute.
Adaptors that use Iterable interfaces have simple integer row keys. A default converter is
provided and does not need to be referenced explicitly.
11.2.1.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.treeModelAdaptor
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UITreeModelAdaptor
• component-family: org.richfaces.TreeModelAdaptor
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.TreeModelAdaptorHandler
11.2.2. &lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt;
The &lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt; component iterates through recursive collections in
order to populate a tree with hierarchical nodes, such as for a file system with multiple levels of
directories and files.
11.2.2.1. Basic usage
The
component is an extension of the
&lt;rich:treeModelAdaptor&gt; component. As such, the &lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt;
component uses all of the same attributes. Refer to Section 11.2.1, “&lt;rich:treeModelAdaptor&gt;” for
details on the &lt;rich:treeModelAdaptor&gt; component.
&lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt;
In addition, the &lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt; component requires the roots attribute.
The roots attribute defines the collection to use at the top of the recursion. For subsequent levels,
the nodes attribute is used for the collection.
Example 11.5, “Basic usage” demonstrates how the &lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt;
component can be used in conjunction with the &lt;rich:treeModelAdaptor&gt; component to
recursively iterate through a file system and create a tree of directories and files.
Example 11.5. Basic usage
&lt;rich:tree var=&quot;item&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor roots=&quot;#{fileSystemBean.sourceRoots}&quot; nodes=&quot;#{item.directori
192
&lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt;
&lt;rich:treeNode&gt;
#{item.shortPath}
&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;rich:treeModelAdaptor nodes=&quot;#{item.files}&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:treeNode&gt;#{item}&lt;/rich:treeNode&gt;
&lt;/rich:treeModelAdaptor&gt;
&lt;/rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt;
&lt;/rich:tree&gt;
The &lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt; component references the FileSystemBean class as
the source for the data.
@ManagedBean
@RequestScoped
public class FileSystemBean {
private static final String SRC_PATH = &quot;/WEB-INF&quot;;
private List&lt;FileSystemNode&gt; srcRoots;
public synchronized List&lt;FileSystemNode&gt; getSourceRoots() {
if (srcRoots == null) {
srcRoots = new FileSystemNode(SRC_PATH).getDirectories();
}
return srcRoots;
}
}
The FileSystemBean class in turn uses the FileSystemNode class to recursively iterate through
the collection.
public class FileSystemNode {
...
public synchronized List&lt;FileSystemNode&gt; getDirectories() {
if (directories == null) {
directories = Lists.newArrayList();
Iterables.addAll(directories,transform(filter(getResourcePaths(),containsPattern(&quot;/
$&quot;)), FACTORY));
}
return directories;
}
public synchronized List&lt;String&gt; getFiles() {
if (files == null) {
files = new ArrayList&lt;String&gt;();
193
Chapter 11. Trees
Iterables.addAll(files,transform(filter(getResourcePaths(),not(containsPattern(&quot;/
$&quot;))), TO_SHORT_PATH));
}
return files;
}
private Iterable&lt;String&gt; getResourcePaths() {
FacesContext facesContext = FacesContext.getCurrentInstance();
ExternalContext externalContext = facesContext.getExternalContext();
Set&lt;String&gt; resourcePaths = externalContext.getResourcePaths(this.path);
if (resourcePaths == null) {
resourcePaths = Collections.emptySet();
}
return resourcePaths;
}
...
}
The getDirectories() function is used recursively until the object has the collection of children.
The model adaptor calls the getFiles() function at each level in order to add the file nodes.
The resulting tree hierarchically lists the directories and files in the collection.
Figure 11.5.
11.2.2.2. Identifying nodes
Adaptors that use Map interfaces or models with non-string keys require a row key converter
in order to correctly identify nodes. Refer to Section 11.1.5, “Identifying nodes with the
rowKeyConverter attribute” for details on the use of the rowKeyConverter attribute.
Adaptors that use Iterable interfaces have simple integer row keys. A default converter is
provided and does not need to be referenced explicitly.
11.2.2.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.TreeModelRecursiveAdaptor
194
&lt;rich:treeModelRecursiveAdaptor&gt;
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UITreeModelRecursiveAdaptor
• component-family: org.richfaces.TreeModelRecursiveAdaptor
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.TreeModelRecursiveAdaptorHandler
195
196
Chapter 12.
Menus and toolbars
Read this chapter for details on menu and toolbar components.
12.1. &lt;rich:dropDownMenu&gt;
The &lt;rich:dropDownMenu&gt; component is used for creating a drop-down, hierarchical menu. It
can be used with the &lt;rich:toolbar&gt; component to create menus in an application’s toolbar.
Figure 12.1. &lt;rich:dropDownMenu&gt;
12.1.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:dropDownMenu&gt; component only requires the label attribute for basic usage. Use the
label attribute to define the text label that appears as the title of the menu. Clicking on the title
drops the menu down.
Alternatively, use the label facet to define the menu title. If the label facet is used, the label
attribute is not necessary.
12.1.2. Menu content
To set the content of the drop-down menu and any sub-menus, use the &lt;rich:menuItem&gt;,
&lt;rich:menuGroup&gt;, and &lt;rich:menuSeparator&gt; components. These components are detailed
in Section 12.3, “Menu sub-components”.
12.1.3. Appearance
Use the jointPoint and direction attributes to determine the direction and location of the menu
when it appears. The jointPoint and direction attributes both use the following settings:
topLeft, topRight, bottomLeft, bottomRight
When used with the jointPoint attribute, the menu is attached to the top-left, top-right,
bottom-left, or bottom-right of the control as appropriate.
197
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
When used with the direction attribute, the menu appears to the top-left, top-right, bottomleft, or bottom-right of the joint location as appropriate.
auto
The direction or joint location is determined automatically.
autoLeft, autoRight, topAuto, bottomAuto
When used with the jointPoint attribute, the joint location is determined automatically, but
defaults to either the left, right, top, or bottom of the control as appropriate.
When used with the direction attribute, the menu direction is determined automatically, but
defaults to either the left, right, top, or bottom of the joint location as appropriate.
12.1.4. Expanding and collapsing the menu
By default, the menu drops down when the title is clicked. To drop down with a different event,
use the showEvent attribute to define the event instead.
Menus can be navigated using the keyboard. Additionally, menus can be navigated
programmatically using the JavaScript API. The JavaScript API allows the following methods:
show()
The show() method shows the menu.
hide()
The hide() method hides the menu.
activateItem(menuItemId)
The activateItem(menuItemId) activates the menu item with the menuItemId identifier.
Use the mode attribute to determine how the menu requests are submitted:
• server, the default setting, submits the form normally and completely refreshes the page.
• ajax performs an Ajax form submission, and re-renders elements specified with the render
attribute.
• client causes the action and actionListener items to be ignored, and the behavior is
fully defined by the nested components or custom JavaScript instead of responses from
submissions.
12.1.5. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.DropDownMenu
198
Style classes and skin parameters
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIDropDownMenu
• component-family: org.richfaces.DropDownMenu
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.DropDownMenuRenderer
12.1.6. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 12.1. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ddm-lbl
headerFamilyFont
font-family
tabDisabledTextColor
color
headerFamilyFont
font-family
This class defines styles
for the label of the dropdown menu.
.rf-ddm-dis
This class defines styles
for the drop-down menu
when it is disabled.
.rf-ddm-lbl-dis
This class defines styles
for the label of the dropdown menu when it is
disabled.
.rf-ddm-pos
No skin parameters.
This class defines the
positioning of the dropdown menu.
.rf-ddm-lbl-unsel
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the label of the dropdown menu when it is
unselected.
.rf-ddm-lst
This class defines styles
for the drop-down list.
.rf-ddm-lst-bg
panelBorderColor
border-color
additionalBackgroundColor background-color
additionalBackgroundColor border-color
This class defines styles
for the background of the
drop-down list.
.rf-ddm-sublst
No skin parameters.
This class defines the
positioning of the menu
199
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
headerBackgroundColor
border-color
when used as a submenu.
.rf-ddm-itm
This class defines styles
for a menu item.
.rf-ddm-itm-sel
This class defines styles
tabBackgroundColor
for a menu item when it is
selected.
.rf-ddm-itm-unsel
background-color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a menu item when it is
unselected.
.rf-ddm-itm-dis
tabDisabledTextColor
color
generalTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for a menu item when it is
disabled.
.rf-ddm-itm-lbl
This class defines styles
for the label in a menu
item.
.rf-ddm-itm-ic
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon in a menu
item.
.rf-ddm-emptyIcon
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for an empty icon in a
menu item.
.rf-ddm-sep
panelBorderColor
border-top-color
This class defines styles
for a menu separator.
.rf-ddm-nd
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a menu node.
12.2. &lt;rich:contextMenu&gt;
The &lt;rich:contextMenu&gt; component is used for creating a hierarchical context menu that are
activated on events like onmouseover , onclick etc. The component can be applied to any
element on the page.
200
Basic usage
Figure 12.2. &lt;rich:contextMenu&gt;
12.2.1. Basic usage
To set the content of the context menu and any sub-menus, use the &lt;rich:menuItem&gt;,
&lt;rich:menuGroup&gt;, and &lt;rich:menuSeparator&gt; components. These components are detailed
in Section 12.3, “Menu sub-components”.
12.2.2. Appearance
Use the direction attribute to determine the direction of the menu when it appears. The
direction attribute uses the following settings:
topLeft, topRight, bottomLeft, bottomRight
The menu appears to the top-left, top-right, bottom-left, or bottom-right of the activation point.
auto
The direction is determined automatically.
autoLeft, autoRight, topAuto, bottomAuto
The menu direction is determined automatically, but defaults to either the left, right, top, or
bottom of the activation point as appropriate.
12.2.3. Expanding and collapsing the menu
By default, the menu is activated when the contextmenu event is observed (ie. a right-click). To
activate on a different event, use the showEvent attribute to define the event instead.
Menus can be navigated using the keyboard. Additionally, menus can be navigated
programmatically using the JavaScript API. The JavaScript API allows the following methods:
show()
The show() method shows the menu.
hide()
The hide() method hides the menu.
201
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
activateItem(menuItemId)
The activateItem(menuItemId) activates the menu item with the menuItemId identifier.
Use the mode attribute to determine how the menu requests are submitted:
• server, the default setting, submits the form normally and completely refreshes the page.
• ajax performs an Ajax form submission, and re-renders elements specified with the render
attribute.
• client causes the action and actionListener items to be ignored, and the behavior is
fully defined by the nested components or custom JavaScript instead of responses from
submissions.
12.2.4. Text substitutions
To avoid creating many menus in iterable components that perform the same actions but only
differ in content you can create one menu and reuse it with substituting its text content.
&lt;rich:contextMenu id=&quot;menu&quot; attached=&quot;false&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:menuItem action=&quot;#{bean.edit}&quot;&gt;{Edit}&lt;/rich:menuItem&gt;
&lt;rich:menuItem action=&quot;#{bean.delete}&quot;&gt;{Delete}&lt;/rich:menuItem&gt;
&lt;/rich:contextMenu&gt;
The text will be replaced by calling the show event with corresponding parameters:
menu.show(event, { replace:
{ Edit: &quot;Change Photo #{photo.name}&quot;, Delete: &quot;Remove Photo #{photo.name}&quot;}
});
It can be achieved by using &lt;rich:componentControl&gt; with parameters:
&lt;rich:componentControl event=&quot;click&quot; target=&quot;menu&quot; operation=&quot;show&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:param noEscape=&quot;true&quot; value=&quot;event&quot; /&gt;
&lt;rich:hashParam name=&quot;replace&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:param name=&quot;Edit&quot; value=&quot;Change Photo #{photo.name}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;f:param name=&quot;Delete&quot; value=&quot;Remove Photo #{photo.name}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:hashParam&gt;
&lt;/rich:componentControl&gt;
12.2.5. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.ContextMenu
202
Style classes and skin parameters
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIContextMenu
• component-family: org.richfaces.ContextMenu
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.ContextMenuRenderer
12.2.6. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 12.2. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ctx-lbl
headerFamilyFont
font-family
tabDisabledTextColor
color
headerFamilyFont
font-family
This class defines styles
for the top level container
of the context menu.
.rf-ctx-dis
This class defines styles
for the context menu
when it is disabled.
.rf-ctx-lbl-dis
This class defines styles
for the top level of the
context menu when it is
disabled.
.rf-ctx-pos
No skin parameters.
This class defines the
positioning of the context
menu.
.rf-ctx-lbl-unsel
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the top level of the
context menu when it is
unselected.
.rf-ctx-lst
This class defines styles
for the context list.
.rf-ctx-lst-bg
panelBorderColor
border-color
additionalBackgroundColor background-color
additionalBackgroundColor border-color
This class defines styles
for the background of the
context list.
.rf-ctx-sublst
No skin parameters.
This class defines the
positioning of the menu
203
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
headerBackgroundColor
border-color
when used as a submenu.
.rf-ctx-itm
This class defines styles
for a menu item.
.rf-ctx-itm-sel
This class defines styles
tabBackgroundColor
for a menu item when it is
selected.
.rf-ctx-itm-unsel
background-color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a menu item when it is
unselected.
.rf-ctx-itm-dis
tabDisabledTextColor
color
generalTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for a menu item when it is
disabled.
.rf-ctx-itm-lbl
This class defines styles
for the label in a menu
item.
.rf-ctx-itm-ic
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon in a menu
item.
.rf-ctx-emptyIcon
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for an empty icon in a
menu item.
.rf-ctx-sep
panelBorderColor
border-top-color
This class defines styles
for a menu separator.
.rf-ctx-nd
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a menu node.
12.3. Menu sub-components
The &lt;rich:menuItem&gt;, &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt;, and &lt;rich:menuSeparator&gt; components are
used to construct menus for the &lt;rich:dropDownMenu&gt; component. Refer to Section 12.1,
“&lt;rich:dropDownMenu&gt;” for more details on the &lt;rich:dropDownMenu&gt; component.
204
&lt;rich:menuItem&gt;
12.3.1. &lt;rich:menuItem&gt;
The &lt;rich:menuItem&gt; component represents a single item in a menu control. The
&lt;rich:menuItem&gt; component can be also be used as a seperate component without a parent
menu component, such as on a toolbar.
12.3.1.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:menuItem&gt; component requires the label attribute for basic usage. The label
attribute is the text label for the menu item.
12.3.1.2. Appearance
Icons can be added to menu items through the use of two icon attributes. The icon attribute
specifies the normal icon, while the iconDisabled attribute specifies the icon for a disabled item.
Alternatively, define facets with the names icon and iconDisabled to set the icons. If facets are
defined, the icon and iconDisabled attributes are ignored. Using facets for icons allows more
complex usage; example shows a checkbox being used in place of an icon.
Example 12.1. Icon facets
&lt;rich:menuItem value=&quot;Show comments&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;icon&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:selectBooleanCheckbox value=&quot;#{bean.property}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:menuItem&gt;
12.3.1.3. Submission modes
Use the submitMode attribute to determine how the menu item requests are submitted:
• server, the default setting, submits the form normally and completely refreshes the page.
• ajax performs an Ajax form submission, and re-renders elements specified with the render
attribute.
• client causes the action and actionListener items to be ignored, and the behavior is fully
defined by the nested components instead of responses from submissions.
12.3.1.4. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:menuItem&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions:
activate()
Activate the menu item as though it were selected.
205
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
12.3.1.5. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.MenuItem
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIMenuItem
• component-family: org.richfaces.DropDownMenu
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.MenuItemRenderer
12.3.2. &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt;
The &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt; component represents an expandable sub-menu in a menu control.
The &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt; component can contain a number of &lt;rich:menuItem&gt; components, or
further nested &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt; components.
12.3.2.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt; component requires the label attribute for basic usage. The label
attribute is the text label for the menu item. Alternatively, use the label facet to define content
for the label.
Additionally, the &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt; component must contain child &lt;rich:menuItem&gt;
components or &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt; components.
12.3.2.2. Appearance
Icons can be added to menu groups through the use of two icon attributes. The icon attribute
specifies the normal icon, while the iconDisabled attribute specifies the icon for a disabled group.
The &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt; component can be positioned using the jointPoint and direction
attributes, the same as the parent menu control. For details on the jointPoint and direction
attributes, refer to Section 12.1.3, “Appearance”.
12.3.2.3. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:menuGroup&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions:
show()
Show the menu group.
hide()
Hide the menu group.
12.3.2.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.MenuGroup
206
&lt;rich:menuSeparator&gt;
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIMenuGroup
• component-family: org.richfaces.DropDownMenu
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.MenuGroupRenderer
12.3.3. &lt;rich:menuSeparator&gt;
The &lt;rich:menuSeparator&gt; component represents a separating divider in a menu control.
12.3.3.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:menuSeparator&gt; component does not require any attributes for basic usage. Add it
as a child to a menu component to separator menu items and menu groups.
12.3.3.2. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.MenuSeparator
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIMenuSeparator
• component-family: org.richfaces.DropDownMenu
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.MenuSeparatorRenderer
12.4. &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt;
The &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; component is used in conjunction with &lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt; and
&lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; to create an expanding, hierarchical menu. The &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt;
component’s appearance can be highly customized, and the hierarchy can stretch to any number
of sub-levels.
Example 12.2. panelMenu
&lt;rich:panelMenu mode=&quot;ajax&quot;
topGroupExpandedRightIcon=&quot;chevronUp&quot;
topGroupCollapsedRightIcon=&quot;chevronDown&quot;
groupExpandedLeftIcon=&quot;disc&quot;
groupCollapsedLeftIcon=&quot;disc&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuGroup label=&quot;Group 1&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem label=&quot;Item 1.1&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem label=&quot;Item 1.2&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem label=&quot;Item 1.3&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:panelMenuGroup&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuGroup label=&quot;Group 2&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem label=&quot;Item 2.1&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem
label=&quot;Item 2.2&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem label=&quot;Item 2.3&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuGroup label=&quot;Group 2.4&quot;&gt;
207
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem label=&quot;Item 2.4.1&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem label=&quot;Item 2.4.2&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem label=&quot;Item 2.4.3&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:panelMenuGroup&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem label=&quot;Item 2.5&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:panelMenuGroup&gt;
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem label=&quot;Item 3&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:panelMenu&gt;
Figure 12.3.
12.4.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; component does not need any extra attributes declared for basic
usage. However, it does require child &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; and &lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt;
components. Refer to Section 12.4.9, “&lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt;” and Section 12.4.10,
“&lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt;” for details on these child components.
12.4.2. Interactivity options
The activeItem attribute is used to point to the name of the currently selected menu item.
By default, the event to expand the menu is a mouse click. Set the expandEvent attribute to specify
a different event to expand menus. Multiple levels of sub-menus can be expanded in one action.
Set expandSingle=&quot;true&quot; to only expand one sub-menu at a time.
Similarly, the default event to collapse the menu is a mouse click. Set the collapseEvent attribute
to specify a different event to collapse menus.
As with other control components, set disabled=&quot;true&quot; to disable the &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt;
comonent. Child menu components can be disabled in the same way.
208
Appearance
12.4.3. Appearance
Icons for the panel menu can be chosen from a set of standard icons. Icons can be set for the
top panel menu, child panel menus, and child item. There are three different menu states that the
icon represents, as well as icons for both the left and right side of the item title.
topGroupExpandedLeftIcon, topGroupExpandedRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for the top level menu when it is expanded.
topGroupCollapsedLeftIcon, topGroupCollapsedRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for the top level menu when it is collapsed.
topGroupDisabledLeftIcon, topGroupDisabledRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for the top level menu when it is disabled.
topItemLeftIcon, topItemRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for a top level menu item.
topItemDisabledLeftIcon, topItemDisabledRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for a top level menu item when it is disabled.
groupExpandedLeftIcon, groupExpandedRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for sub-menus that are not the top-level menu when they
are expanded.
groupCollapsedLeftIcon, groupCollapsedRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for sub-menus that are not the top-level menu when they
are collapsed.
groupDisabledLeftIcon, groupDisabledRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for sub-menus that are not the top-level menu when
they are disabled.
itemLeftIcon, itemRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for items in the menus.
itemDisabledLeftIcon, itemDisabledRightIcon
These attributes determine the icons for items in the menus when they are disabled.
Example 12.2, “panelMenu” demonstrates the use of icon declaration at the panel menu level. The
standard icons are shown in Figure 9.4, “&lt;Standard icons&gt;”. Alternatively, point the icon attributes
to the paths of image files. The image files are then used as icons.
Any icons specified by child &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; and &lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt; components
overwrite the relevant icons declared with the parent &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; component.
12.4.4. Submission modes
The itemMode attribute defines the submission mode for normal menu items that link to content,
and the groupMode attribute defines the submission mode for menu items that expand and
209
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
collapse. The settings for these attributes apply to the entire menu unless a menu item defines
its own individual itemMode or groupMode. The possible values for itemMode and groupMode are
as follows:
• server, the default setting, which submits the form normally and completely refreshes the page.
• ajax, which performs an Ajax form submission, and re-renders elements specified with the
render attribute.
• client, which causes the action and actionListener items to be ignored, and the behavior
is fully defined by the nested components instead of responses from submissions.
12.4.5. &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; server-side events
The &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; component fires the ItemChangeEvent event on the server side when
the menu is changed. The event only fires in the server and ajax submission modes. The event
provides the itemChangeListener attribute to reference the event listener. Refer to Section 9.6.6,
“&lt;rich:itemChangeListener&gt;” for details on the &lt;rich:itemChangeListener&gt; tag.
12.4.6. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions:
expandAll()
Expand all the panel menu groups in the component.
collapseAll()
Collapse all the panel menu groups in the component.
selectItem(id)
Select the menu item with the id identifier (either component id or name).
expandGroup(id)
Expand a panel menu group with the id identifier (either component id or name).
collapseGroup(id)
Expand a panel menu group with the id identifier (either component id or name).
12.4.7. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.PanelMenu
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIPanelMenu
• component-family: org.richfaces.PanelMenu
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.PanelMenuRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.html.PanelMenuTagHandler
210
Style classes and skin parameters
12.4.8. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 12.3. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-pm
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the panel menu itself.
.rf-pm-gr
panelBorderColor
border-top-color
This class defines styles
for a panel menu group.
.rf-pm-exp, .rf-pm-colps
No skin parameters.
These classes define
styles for the panel menu
when it is expanded or
collapsed.
.rf-pm-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the panel menu icons.
.rf-pm-ico-exp, .rf-pm-
No skin parameters.
ico-colps
These classes define
styles for the panel menu
icons when they are
expanded or collapsed.
.rf-pm-hdr-exp, .rf-pm-
No skin parameters.
hdr-colps
These classes define
styles for the panel menu
headers when they are
expanded or collapsed.
.rf-pm-itm
This class defines styles
for a panel menu item.
.rf-pm-itm-gr
panelBorderColor
border-top-color
generalTextColor
color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a panel menu item
as part of a panel menu
group.
.rf-pm-itm:hover
additionalBackgroundColor background-color
This class defines styles
for a panel menu item
211
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
when the mouse hovers
over it.
.rf-pm-itm-sel
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a panel menu item
when it is selected.
.rf-pm-itm-dis
tabDisabledTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for a panel menu item
when it is disabled.
.rf-pm-itm-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon in a panel
menu item.
.rf-pm-itm-exp-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon in a panel
menu item when it is
expanded.
.rf-pm-itm-lbl
This class defines styles
for the label in a panel
menu item.
.rf-pm-gr
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
panelBorderColor
border-top-color
This class defines styles
for a panel menu group.
.rf-pm-gr-gr
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a panel menu group
as part of another panel
menu group.
.rf-pm-gr-sel
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a panel menu group
when it is selected.
.rf-pm-gr-hdr
This class defines styles
for the header of a panel
menu group.
212
generalTextColor
color
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-pm-gr-hdr:hover
additionalBackgroundColor background
This class defines styles
for the header of a panel
menu group when the
mouse hovers over it.
.rf-pm-gr-hdr-dis
tabDisabledTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for the header of a panel
menu group when it is
disabled.
.rf-pm-gr-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon in a panel
menu group.
.rf-pm-gr-exp-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon in a panel
menu group when it is
expanded.
.rf-pm-gr-lbl
This class defines styles
for the label in a panel
menu group.
.rf-pm-gr-cnt
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the content of a panel
menu group.
.rf-pm-top-itm
This class defines styles
for the top panel menu
item.
.rf-pm-top-itm-gr
panelBorderColor
border-color
generalTextColor
color
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the top panel menu
item as part of a panel
menu group.
.rf-pm-top-itm:hover
headerTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for the top panel menu
item when the mouse
hovers over it.
213
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-pm-top-itm-sel
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the top panel menu
item when it is selected.
.rf-pm-top-itm-dis
tabDisabledTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for the top panel menu
item when it is disabled.
.rf-pm-top-itm-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon in the top
panel menu item.
.rf-pm-top-itm-exp-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon in the top
panel menu item when it
is expanded.
.rf-pm-top-itm-lbl
This class defines styles
for the label in the top
panel menu item.
.rf-pm-top-gr
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
panelBorderColor
border-color
This class defines styles
for the top panel menu
group.
.rf-pm-top-gr-gr
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the top panel menu
group as part of another
panel menu group.
.rf-pm-top-gr-sel
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the top panel menu
group when it is selected.
.rf-pm-top-gr-hdr
This class defines styles
for the header of the top
panel menu group.
214
headerTextColor
color
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
&lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-pm-top-gr-hdr-dis
tabDisabledTextColor
color
This class defines styles
additionalBackgroundColor background-color
for the header of the top
panel menu group when it
is disabled.
.rf-pm-top-gr-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon in the top
panel menu group.
.rf-pm-top-gr-exp-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the icon in the top
panel menu group when it
is expanded.
.rf-pm-top-gr-lbl
This class defines styles
for the label in the top
panel menu group.
.rf-pm-top-gr-cnt
generalSizeFont
font-size
generalFamilyFont
font-family
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the content of the top
panel menu group.
12.4.9. &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt;
The &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; component defines a group of &lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt;
components inside a &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt;.
12.4.9.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; component needs the label attribute declared, which specifies the
text to show for the menu entry. Alternatively, the label facet can be used to specify the menu text.
In addition, the &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; component at least one &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; or
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt; components as child elements.
12.4.9.2. Appearance
Icons for the menu group are inherited from the parent &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; component. Refer
to Section 12.4.3, “Appearance” for details on icon attributes and facets. Alternatively, the menu
group’s icons can be re-defined at the &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; component level, and these
settings will be used instead of the parent component’s settings.
215
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
12.4.9.3. Submission modes
If the mode attribute is unspecified, the submission behavior for the group is inherited from the
parent &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt;. Otherwise, the groupMode setting of the panel menu is used instead of
the parent’s behavior. Refer to Section 12.4.4, “Submission modes” for submission mode settings.
12.4.9.4. &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; server-side events
The &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; component fires the ActionEvent event on the server side when
the menu group receives a user action. The event only fires in the server and ajax submission
modes. The event provides the action attribute to specify the user action method, and the
actionListener attribute to reference the event listener.
12.4.9.5. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
expand()
Expand this panel menu group.
collapse()
Collapse this panel menu group.
select()
Select this panel menu group.
12.4.9.6. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.PanelMenuGroup
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIPanelMenuGroup
• component-family: org.richfaces.PanelMenuGroup
12.4.10. &lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt;
The
component
represents
a
single
item
inside
a
&lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; component, which is in turn part of a &lt;rich:panelMenu&gt; component.
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt;
12.4.10.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt; component needs the label attribute declared, which specifies the
text to show for the menu entry. Alternatively, the label facet can be used to specify the menu text.
12.4.10.2. Appearance
Icons
for
the
menu
item
are
inherited
from
the
parent
&lt;rich:panelMenu&gt;
or
&lt;rich:panelMenuGroup&gt; component. Refer to Section 12.4.3, “Appearance” for details on
216
&lt;rich:toolbar&gt;
icon attributes and facets. Alternatively, the menu item’s icons can be re-defined at the
&lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt; component level, and these settings will be used instead of the parent
component’s settings.
12.4.10.3. Submission modes
If the mode is unspecified, the submission behavior for the item is inherited from the parent
&lt;rich:panelMenu&gt;. Otherwise, the itemMode setting from the panel menu is used instead of the
parent’s behavior.
12.4.10.4. &lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt; server-side events
The &lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt; component fires the ActionEvent event on the server side when
the menu item receives a user action. The event only fires in the server and ajax submission
modes. The event provides the action attribute to specify the user action performed, and the
actionListener attribute to reference the event listener.
12.4.10.5. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:panelMenuItem&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
select()
Select this menu item.
12.4.10.6. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.PanelMenuItem
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIPanelMenuItem
• component-family: org.richfaces.PanelMenuItem
12.5. &lt;rich:toolbar&gt;
The &lt;rich:toolbar&gt; component is a horizontal toolbar. Any JavaServer Faces ( JSF) component
can be added to the toolbar.
Figure 12.4. &lt;rich:toolbar&gt;
12.5.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:toolbar&gt; component does not require any attributes to be defined for basic usage.
Add child components to the &lt;rich:toolbar&gt; component to have them appear on the toolbar
when rendered.
217
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
Example 12.3. Basic usage
&lt;rich:toolbar&gt;
&lt;h:commandLink value=&quot;News&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:commandLink value=&quot;Reviews&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:commandLink value=&quot;Galleries&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:toolbar&gt;
12.5.2. Appearance
Set the width and height of the toolbar using the common width and height attributes.
Items on the toolbar can be separated by a graphical item separator. Use the itemSeparator
attribute to specify one of the standard separator styles:
• none, the default appearance, does not show any item separators.
• disc
shows
a
small
circular
• grid
shows
a
grid
• line
shows
a
• square
shows
a
disc
to
separate
items:
pattern
to
separate
items:
vertical
line
to
separate
items:
small
square
separate
items:
to
Alternatively, use the itemSeparator attribute to specify a URL to an image. The image is then
used as an item separator. The appearance of the item separator can be additionally customized
by using the itemSeparator facet.
12.5.3. Grouping items
Group together multiple items on the toolbar by using the &lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt; child component.
Refer to Section 12.5.6, “&lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt;” for full details on the &lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt;
component.
12.5.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Toolbar
218
Style classes and skin parameters
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIToolbar
• component-family: org.richfaces.Toolbar
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.ToolbarRenderer
12.5.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 12.4. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-tb
panelBorderColor
border-color
headerTextColor
color
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
headerFamilyFont
font-family
headerSizeFont
font-size
headerWeightFont
font-weight
This class defines styles
for the toolbar itself.
.rf-tb-itm
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for an item in the toolbar.
.rf-tb-sep
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for a separator in the
toolbar.
.rf-tb-sep-grid, .rf-tb-
No skin parameters.
sep-line, .rf-tb-sep-disc,
.rf-tb-sep-square
These classes define
styles for grid, line, disc,
and square separators.
.rf-tb-cntr
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the container of the
toolbar.
12.5.6. &lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt;
The &lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt; component is a child component of the &lt;rich:toolbar&gt; component.
The &lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt; component is used to group a number of items together on a toolbar.
12.5.6.1. Basic usage
Like the &lt;rich:toolbar&gt; parent component, the &lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt; component does
not require any extra attributes for basic functionality. Add child components to the
219
Chapter 12. Menus and toolbars
&lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt; component to have them appear grouped on the parent toolbar when
rendered.
12.5.6.2. Appearance
Similar to the &lt;rich:toolbar&gt; component, items within a &lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt; can be
separated by specifying the itemSeparator attribute. Refer to Section 12.5.2, “Appearance” for
details on using the itemSeparator attribute.
Groups of toolbar items can be located on either the left-hand side or the right-hand side of the
parent toolbar. By default, they appear to the left. To locate the toolbar group to the right of the
parent toolbar, set location=&quot;right&quot;.
Example 12.4. &lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt;
&lt;rich:toolBar height=&quot;26&quot; itemSeparator=&quot;grid&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:toolBarGroup&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;/images/icons/create_doc.gif&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;/images/icons/create_folder.gif&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;/images/icons/copy.gif&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:toolBarGroup&gt;
&lt;rich:toolBarGroup&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;/images/icons/save.gif&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;/images/icons/save_as.gif&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;/images/icons/save_all.gif&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:toolBarGroup&gt;
&lt;rich:toolBarGroup location=&quot;right&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;/images/icons/find.gif&quot;/&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;/images/icons/filter.gif&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:toolBarGroup&gt;
&lt;/rich:toolBar&gt;
The example shows how to locate a toolbar group to the right-hand side of the parent toolbar. It
also demonstrates how item separators on the parent toolbar work with toolbar groups.
Figure 12.5.
12.5.6.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.ToolbarGroup
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIToolbarGroup
• component-family: org.richfaces.Toolbar
220
&lt;rich:toolbarGroup&gt;
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.ToolbarGroupRenderer
221
222
Chapter 13.
Output and messages
Read this chapter for details on components that display messages and other feedback to the
user.
13.1. &lt;rich:chart&gt;
The &lt;rich:chart&gt; component allows the user to plot data and to create line, bar or pie charts. It
uses up to five children tags &lt;rich:chartSeries&gt;, &lt;rich:chartLegend&gt;, &lt;rich:chartXAxis&gt;,
&lt;rich:chartYAxis&gt; and &lt;rich:chartPoint&gt;. Each child tag customizes a particular aspect of
the chart. All are optional except at least one &lt;rich:chartSeries&gt; tag is required.
Additionally the &lt;rich:chart&gt; component allows one to handle events using either a client-side
JavaScript or using server-side listeners.
Figure 13.1. rich:chart component
13.1.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:chart&gt; tag and its optional children tags generate and customize the chart. The
chart type is selected by a &lt;rich:chartSeries&gt; attribute. The only requirements for use of the
&lt;rich:chart&gt; are selection of the chart type and to pass at least one series of data - explained
below.
223
Chapter 13. Output and messages
13.1.2. Data input
The &lt;rich:chart&gt; component accepts data by two means - by facelet iteration or by creating
data model object.
13.1.2.1. Facelet iteration
Use &lt;a4j:repeat&gt; and a collection of objects inside the &lt;rich:chartSeries&gt; tag and specify
what you want to be plotted on the x and y axis using &lt;rich:chartPoint&gt; tag. The &lt;a4j:repeat&gt;
approach can also be used at the &lt;rich:chartSeries&gt; level.
Example 13.1. rich:chart facelet iteration example
&lt;rich:chart id=&quot;barChart&quot; title=&quot;Countries by vehicles per capita&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:chartSeries type=&quot;bar&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:repeat value=&quot;#{bean.records}&quot; var=&quot;record&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:chartPoint x=&quot;#{record.country}&quot; y=&quot;#{record.count}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/a4j:repeat&gt;
&lt;/rich:chartSeries&gt;
&lt;rich:chartYAxis label=&quot;Motor vehicles per 1000 people&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:chart&gt;
13.1.2.2. Create a DataModel object
When facelet iteration is used the ChartDataModel object is created by the ChartRenderer. An
alternative to this is to create a ChartDataModel yourself and pass it using &lt;rich:chartSeries&gt;
data attribute. To do this, create an instance of one of the child classes of ChartDataModel NumberChartDataModel, StringChartDataModel or DateChartDataModel (not yet fully supported).
Select the class according to the data type used on the x-axis. Add values to the model using the
put method and pass it to the &lt;rich:chartSeries&gt; tag using the data attribute.
Example 13.2. rich:chart DataModel object example
&lt;rich:chart id=&quot;barChart&quot; title=&quot;Countries by vehicles per capita&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:chartSeries type=&quot;bar&quot; data=&quot;#{bean.cars}&quot;/&gt;
&lt;rich:chartYAxis label=&quot;Motor vehicles per 1000 people&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:chart&gt;
cars = new StringChartDataModel(ChartDataModel.ChartType.bar);
cars.put(&quot;San Marino&quot;, 1263);
cars.put(&quot;United States&quot;, 797);
...
224
Chart look customization
If there is a model passed using the &lt;rich:chartSeries&gt; data attribute, any nested
&lt;rich:chartPoint&gt; tags are ignored. If the data attribute is not used, then nested
&lt;rich:chartPoint&gt; tags are expected.
13.1.3. Chart look customization
The chart configuration is split into multiple tags providing a clearer facelet API. To configure
axes, their min/max values, and label use &lt;rich:chartXAxis&gt; or &lt;rich:chartYAxis&gt; tag. The
&lt;rich:chartLegend&gt; allows one to set up the position of the legend and the order of the labels
within it.
To adjust the chart component size you can use CSS class .richfaces-chart-container, to
customize title use .richfaces-chart-title the placeholder. The chart itself is placed in the div with
the CSS class .richfaces-chart.
13.1.4. Advanced customization
The &lt;rich:chart&gt; can also be customized directly through JavaScript to allow the use of plugins
or objects that are not directly supported by the component.
There are two ways to define the customization: the hooks attribute or a facet named hooks. The
facet takes precedence over attribute when both are defined.
&lt;h:outputScript&gt;
var hooks = {
processOptions: [function(plot,options) {
options.xaxes[0].tickFormatter = function (value, axis) {
return value.toLocaleString('en-US', {minimumFractionDigits: 2});
};
}]
};
&lt;/h:outputScript&gt;
&lt;rich:chart hooks=&quot;hooks&quot; /&gt;
&lt;rich:chart&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;hooks&quot;&gt;
{
processOptions: [function(plot,options) {
options.xaxes[0].tickFormatter = function (value, axis) {
return value.toLocaleString('enUS', {minimumFractionDigits: 2});
};
}]
}
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:chart&gt;
225
Chapter 13. Output and messages
In the above samples, the &lt;rich:chart&gt; is configured to display the label on x-axis according
to US locale (e.g. 45,324.23).
Note
For further configuration options, refer to Flot API - Hooks [https://github.com/flot/
flot/blob/master/API.md#hooks] and Flot API - Plugins [https://github.com/flot/flot/
blob/master/API.md#plugins].
13.1.5. Interactivity options
The &lt;rich:chart&gt; component does not only create static charts.
• It allows the user to zoom line charts when the &lt;rich:chart&gt; attribute zoom is set true. To
reset zoom you can use the JavaScript API.
• You can also add functions to handle events fired by components. Event handlers are set up
using proper &lt;rich:chart&gt; attributes. They handle events fired by any series. If you want to
handle an event only fired by a particular series, set up handlers using the &lt;rich:chartSeries&gt;
attributes.
13.1.6. &lt;rich:chart&gt; server-side events
• The PlotClickEvent is fired when the user clicks a point in the chart. To set a listener use
the ClickListener attribute.
13.1.7. &lt;rich:chart&gt; client-side events
• The plothover event points to the client-side function to execute when the mouse cursor is
over the chart point.
• The plotclick event points to the client-side function to execute when the user clicks the chart
point.
• The mouseout event points to the cient-side function to execute when the mouse cursor leaves
the chart grid.
The plothover and plotclick handlers are given an event-object that contains the deatils of which
point fired the event.
function log(e){
console.log(&quot;Series index: &quot;+
226
JavaScript API
e.data.seriesIndex +&quot; DataIndex: &quot;+
e.data.dataIndex+' ['+e.data.x+','+e.data.y+']');
}
13.1.8. JavaScript API
To access the jQuery widget of the component, use the componentID + chart
resetZoom()
display chart without scaling
getPlotObject()
returns JavaScript object containing chart data and options
Example
&lt;rich:chart id=&quot;priceChart&quot;&gt;
$(document.getElementById(&quot;priceChart&quot;)).chart(&quot;resetZoom&quot;)
13.1.9. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Chart
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIChart
• component-family: org.richfaces.Chart
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.ChartRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.ChartTagHandler
13.2. &lt;rich:message&gt;
The &lt;rich:message&gt; component renders a single FacesMessage message instance added for
the component. The appearance of the message can be customized, and tool-tips can be used
for further information about the message.
The &lt;rich:message&gt; component is rendered in the same way as the standard &lt;h:message&gt;
component, but allows separate styling of the message summary and detail. It allows unified icons
to be set using background images in predefined classes.
227
Chapter 13. Output and messages
Figure 13.2. rich:message component
13.2.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:message&gt; component needs the for attribute to point to the id identifier of the related
component. The message is displayed after the FacesMessage message instance is created and
added for the client identifier of the related component.
The &lt;rich:message&gt; component is automatically rendered after an Ajax request. This occurs
without the use of an &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; component or a specific reference through the render
attribute of the Ajax request source.
Example 13.3. rich:message example
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Zip:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputText label=&quot;Zip&quot; id=&quot;zip&quot; required=&quot;true&quot;
value=&quot;#{userBean.zip}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:validateLength minimum=&quot;4&quot; maximum=&quot;9&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;rich:message for=&quot;zip&quot; ajaxRendered=&quot;true&quot;/&gt;
The example contains a text input for zip codes. The simple validation requires the entered zip
code to be between 4 and 9 characters long. The &lt;rich:message&gt; component references the
input box, and reports any messages relating to the input validation.
13.2.2. Appearance
The showSummary attribute specifies whether to display only a summary of the full message. The
full message can be displayed in a tool-tip when hovering the mouse over the summary.
Use CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) to customize the appearance and icon for the
&lt;rich:message&gt; component. To use a custom icon, set the background-image property to the
icon graphic, as shown in Example 13.4, “Message icons”. Refer to Section 13.2.4, “Style classes
and skin parameters” for a complete list of style classes for the &lt;rich:message&gt; component.
Example 13.4. Message icons
.rf-msg-err{
background-image:
url('#{facesContext.externalContext.requestContextPath}/images/icons/
error.gif');
228
Reference data
}
The example demonstrates how an icon for an error message could be added using CSS.
13.2.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Message
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.html.HtmlMessage
• component-family: javax.faces.Message
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.MessageRenderer
13.2.4. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 13.1. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-msg
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
errorColor
color
errorColor
color
generalTextColor
color
warningTextColor
color
generalTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for the message itself.
.rf-msg-err
This class defines styles
for an error message.
.rf-msg-ftl
This class defines styles
for a fatal message.
.rf-msg-inf
This class defines
styles for an information
message.
.rf-msg-wrn
This class defines styles
for a warning message.
.rf-msg-ok
This class defines styles
for a basic OK message.
.rf-msg-sum, .rf-msg-det
No skin parameters.
These classes define
styles for the summary or
details of a message.
229
Chapter 13. Output and messages
13.3. &lt;rich:messages&gt;
The &lt;rich:messages&gt; components works similarly to the &lt;rich:message&gt; component, but can
display all the validation messages added for the current view instead of just a single message.
Refer to Section 13.1, “&lt;rich:chart&gt;” for details on the &lt;rich:message&gt; component.
Figure 13.3. rich:messages component
13.3.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:messages&gt; component doesn’t require any extra attributes for basic usage. It displays
all messages relating to requests from components.
To limit the messages to a specific component, use the for attribute to reference the component’s
identifier.
To show only those messages that are not attached to specific components, set
globalOnly=&quot;true&quot;.
The &lt;rich:messages&gt; component is automatically rendered after an Ajax request. This occurs
without the use of an &lt;a4j:outputPanel&gt; component or a specific reference through the render
attribute of the Ajax request source.
13.3.2. Appearance
The &lt;rich:messages&gt; component displays error messages for each validating component in the
same container.
The &lt;rich:messages&gt; component can be further styled through CSS, the same as for the
&lt;rich:message&gt; component. Refer to Section 13.2.2, “Appearance” for an example of message
styling, and refer to Section 13.3.4, “Style classes and skin parameters” for a complete list of style
classes for the &lt;rich:message&gt; component.
The layout of the messages can also be customized through CSS. By default, the messages are
arranged in a block as shown in Figure 13.4, “Messages in a block”.
230
Appearance
Figure 13.4. Messages in a block
Override the display property for all CSS message classes to customize the layout as follows:
Display messages in a list with no icons
To display the messages in a list format without the default icons, override the message styles
as follows:
.rf-msg-err, .rf-msgs-err, .rf-msg-ftl, .rf-msgs-ftl, .rf-msg-inf,
.rf-msgs-inf, .rf-msg-wrn, .rf-msgs-wrn, .rf-msg-ok, .rf-msgs-ok {
display: list-item;
margin-left: 20px;
padding-left: 0px; }
.rf-msg-err, .rf-msgs-err{ background-image:none; }
231
Chapter 13. Output and messages
Figure 13.5. Messages in a list
Display in-line messages
To display the messages in line with text, override the message styles as follows:
.rf-msg-err, .rf-msgs-err, .rf-msg-ftl, .rf-msgs-ftl, .rf-msg-inf,
.rf-msgs-inf, .rf-msg-wrn, .rf-msgs-wrn, .rf-msg-ok, .rf-msgs-ok
{ display:inline; }
Figure 13.6. In-line messages
13.3.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Messages
232
Style classes and skin parameters
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.html.HtmlMessages
• component-family: javax.faces.Messages
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.MessagesRenderer
13.3.4. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 13.2. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-msgs
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
errorColor
color
errorColor
color
generalTextColor
color
warningTextColor
color
generalTextColor
color
This class defines styles
for the message itself.
.rf-msgs-err
This class defines styles
for an error message.
.rf-msgs-ftl
This class defines styles
for a fatal message.
.rf-msgs-inf
This class defines
styles for an information
message.
.rf-msgs-wrn
This class defines styles
for a warning message.
.rf-msgs-ok
This class defines styles
for a basic OK message.
.rf-msgs-sum, .rf-msgs-
No skin parameters.
det
These classes define
styles for the summary or
details of a message.
13.4. &lt;rich:notify&gt;
The &lt;rich:notify&gt; component serves for advanced user interaction, using notification boxes
to give the user instant feedback on what’s happening within the application. Each time this
component is rendered, a floating notification box is displayed in the selected corner of the browser
screen.
233
Chapter 13. Output and messages
13.4.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:notify&gt; has two message customization attributes: summary is short text summarizing
the message, while detail configures the detailed body of the message. Both attributes have
their counterparts in form of facets with the same names as the corresponding attributes.
13.4.2. Customizing notifications
A notification appears on the page each time it is rendered, either on full-page or ajax requests.
The notification remains on the screen for 8 seconds and then disappears. Users can close the
notification with the close button in the top-right corner of the notification.
Notification stacks can be used to create sequences. For customization of stacking see the
&lt;rich:notifyStack&gt; component.
There are several attributes that can change default behavior:
• sticky: notifications does not disappear automatically, they needs to be closed explicitly with
close button (this attribute can’t be used together with nonblocking and stayTime)
• stayTime: configures how long notification stays on the screen before it disappears (in
miliseconds)
• styleClass: defines the class customizing the notification
• nonblocking: defines notifications which becomes partially transparent and user can click
through. Non-blocking notifications don’t have close button.
• nonblockingOpacity: defines opacity of nonblocking notifications when mouse hovers over
notification (decimal number between 0 and 1)
• showShadow: defines whether shadow will be displayed under the notification
Note
Nonblocking notifications can be clicked through, but because they are using
jQuery mechanism to bypass events, only jQuery event handlers are triggered.
IThis means that standard links won’t be triggered.
13.4.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Notify
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UINotify
234
Style classes and skin parameters
• component-family: org.richfaces.Notify
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.NotifyRenderer
13.4.4. Style classes and skin parameters
Note
that
skinning
is
common
for
&lt;rich:notify&gt;,
&lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt;
and
&lt;rich:notifyMessages&gt;
Table 13.3. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-ntf
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for notification
.rf-ntf-shdw
This class defines style
of the shadow under
notification box.
.rf-ntf-cnt
headerBackgroundColor
background-color
headerTextColor
color
panelBorderColor
border-color
This class defines style of generalBackgroundColor
the content of notification
panelTextColor
box.
.rf-ntf-ico
background-color
color
No skin parameters.
This class defines style
for notification icon.
.rf-ntf-sum
No skin parameters.
This class defines style
for notification message
summary.
.rf-ntf-det
No skin parameters.
This class defines style
for notification message
detail.
.rf-ntf-cls
No skin parameters.
This class defines style
for element wrapping
close button.
.rf-ntf-cls-ico
No skin parameters.
This class defines style
for close button icon.
235
Chapter 13. Output and messages
13.5. &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt;
13.5.1. Basic usage
The &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt; component is built on top of &lt;rich:notify&gt;, the difference is in
usage. The &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt; component displays FacesMessage s associated with a given
component, similar to &lt;rich:message&gt;: one notification is displayed for first FacesMessage in the
stack that is risen either programatically or during conversion/validation of the component. The
severity of the message determines the color and icon of the resulting notification.
For customization of notification behavior, please refer to Customizing notifications of
&lt;rich:notify&gt;.
13.5.2. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.NotifyMessage
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.html.HtmlNotifyMessage
• component-family: javax.faces.Message
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.NotifyMessageRenderer
13.5.3. Style classes and skin parameters
Note that &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt; shares common classes with &lt;rich:notify&gt;, since there is
exactly one notification rendered for each JSF message.
The &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt; specific classes are redefining the look for various message severity
levels.
Table 13.4. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
.rf-ntf-inf
generalTextColor
color
This class defines
styles for an informative
message.
.rf-ntf-wrn
No skin parameters.
This class defines
styles for a warning
notifications.
.rf-ntf-err
This class defines styles
for a error notifications.
236
No skin parameters.
&lt;rich:notifyMessages&gt;
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-ntf-ftl
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for a fatal notifications.
.rf-ntf-inf .rf-ntf-ico,
No skin parameters.
.rf-ntf-wrn .rf-ntf-ico,
.rf-ntf-err .rf-ntf-ico,
.rf-ntf-ftl .rf-ntf-ico
These classes define
style for notification icon
based on severity of
notification message.
13.6. &lt;rich:notifyMessages&gt;
The &lt;rich:notifyMessages&gt; component is the same as the &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt;
component, but each of the available messages generates one notification.
&lt;rich:notifyMessages&gt; shares the same set of attributes with &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt;
Figure 13.7.
13.6.1. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.NotifyMessages
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.html.HtmlNotifyMessages
• component-family: javax.faces.Messages
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.NotifyMessagesRenderer
13.6.2. Style classes and skin parameters
&lt;rich:notifyMessages&gt; shares style classes with &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt;.
237
Chapter 13. Output and messages
13.7. &lt;rich:notifyStack&gt;
Notifications emited by &lt;rich:notify&gt;, &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt; and &lt;rich:notifyMessages&gt;
are displayed in top-right corner of the screen by default.
It is &lt;rich:notifyStack&gt; which defines where messages will appear and handles their stacking.
Stack also provides way how to remove messages from screen - when stack is re-rendered,
current notifications are destroyed, freeing place for new notifications.
13.7.1. Basic usage
They are three alternative ways to bind notifications with a stack:
• wrapping: nesting &lt;rich:notify&gt;, &lt;rich:notifyMessage&gt; or &lt;rich:notifyMessages&gt; binds
notifications with the stack in which they are wrapped
• binding by id: notification can be bound directly to a stack using it’s componentId in the stack
attribute
• using default stack: a default stack is used when no other binding is defined for a given
notification
&lt;rich:notifyStack position=&quot;bottomRight&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:notifyMessages /&gt;
&lt;/rich:notifyStack&gt;
The sample above defines the stack explicitly, where notifications use the stack in which they
are wrapped.
The sample bellow uses a notification rendered into the top-left corner of the screen. The
notification is bound to a stack using it’s id.
&lt;rich:notifyStack id=&quot;leftStack&quot; position=&quot;topLeft&quot; /&gt;
&lt;rich:notify stack=&quot;leftStack&quot; /&gt;
13.7.2. Positioning notifications
To redefine the position of a notification, one needs to define a stack and bind it with the given
notification.
&lt;rich:notifyStack&gt; uses the position attribute to place the stack and it’s notifications into one
of four corners: topRight (default), bottomRight, bottomLeft, topLeft.
238
Stacking notifications
13.7.3. Stacking notifications
There are two attributes which influences how notifications are placed into a stack:
• method: defines where new notifications are placed and how they are removed. Options: first
(default), last. direction: defines in which direction will be messages stacked. Options:
vertical (default), horizontal
The following sample shows a stack which will place new notifications up front - the incoming
message will appear first, causing all notifications currently in stack to shift. Subsequently,
messages at the end of stack will be then removed.
&lt;rich:notifyStack method=&quot;first&quot; /&gt;
On the other hand, stacking method last provides a method to place messages on the end of the
stack, and when removing a notification, it is removed from the start, causing all other notifications
to shift.
13.7.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.NotifyStack
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UINotifyStack
• component-family: org.richfaces.NotifyStack
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.NotifyStackRenderer
13.7.5. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 13.5. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-ntf-pos-tl
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines
where top-left stack
of notification will be
positioned
.rf-ntf-pos-tr
No skin parameters.
This class defines
where top-right stack
of notification will be
positioned
239
Chapter 13. Output and messages
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-ntf-pos-bl
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines
where bottom-left stack
of notification will be
positioned
.rf-ntf-pos-br
No skin parameters.
This class defines where
bottom-right stack
of notification will be
positioned
13.8. &lt;rich:progressBar&gt;
The &lt;rich:progressBar&gt; component displays a progress bar to indicate the status of a process
to the user. It can update either through Ajax or on the client side, and the look and feel can be
fully customized.
Figure 13.8. &lt;rich:progressBar&gt;
13.8.1. Basic usage
Basic usage of the &lt;rich:progressBar&gt; component requires the value attribute, which points
to the property that holds the current progress value. When the value is greater than or equal
to the minimum value ( 0 by default), the progress bar becomes active, and starts sending Ajax
requests if in ajax mode.
Example 13.5. Basic usage
&lt;rich:progressBar value=&quot;#{bean.incValue}&quot; /&gt;
13.8.2. Customizing the appearance
By default, the minimum value of the progress bar is 0 and the maximum value of the progress bar
is 100. These values can be customized using the minValue and maxValue attributes respectively.
The progress bar can be labeled in one of two ways:
Using the label attribute
The content of the label attribute is displayed over the progress bar.
240
Update mode
Example 13.6. Using the label attribute
&lt;rich:progressBar value=&quot;#{bean.incValue}&quot; id=&quot;progrs&quot; label=&quot;#{bean.incValue}
% complete&quot;/&gt;
Using nested child components
Child components, such as the JSF &lt;h:outputText&gt; component, can be nested in the
&lt;rich:progressBar&gt; component to display over the progress bar.
Example 13.7. Using nested child components
&lt;rich:progressBar value=&quot;#{bean.incValue}&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;#{bean.incValue} % complete&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:progressBar&gt;
Define the initial and finish facets to customize the progress bar’s appearance before
progress has started and after progress has finished. When the current progress bar value is less
than the minimum value, the initial facet is displayed. When the current progress bar is greater
than the maximum value, the finish facet is displayed.
Example 13.8. Initial and finished states
&lt;rich:progressBar value=&quot;#{bean.incValue1}&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;initial&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Process has not started&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;finish&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Process has completed&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:progressBar&gt;
13.8.3. Update mode
The mode for updating the progress bar is determined by the mode attribute, which can have one
of the following values:
ajax
The progress bar updates in the same way as the &lt;a4j:poll&gt; component. The
&lt;rich:progressBar&gt; component repeatedly polls the server for the current progress value.
client
The progress bar must be explicitly updated on the client side through the JavaScript API.
241
Chapter 13. Output and messages
13.8.4. Using set intervals
The &lt;rich:progressBar&gt; component can be set to constantly poll for updates at a constant
interval. Use the interval component to set the interval in milliseconds. The progress bar is
updated whenever the polled value changes. Polling is only active when the enabled attribute
is set to true.
Example 13.9. Using set intervals
&lt;rich:progressBar
value=&quot;#{bean.incValue1}&quot;
id=&quot;progress&quot;
interval=&quot;900&quot;
enabled=&quot;#{bean.enabled1}&quot;/
&gt;
13.8.5. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:progressBar&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The
JavaScript API provides the following functions:
getValue()
Return the current value displayed on the progress bar.
setValue()
Set the current value to display on the progress bar.
getMinValue()
Return the minimum value for the progress bar.
getMaxValue()
Return the maximum value for the progress bar.
disable()
Disables the progress bar.
enable()
Enables the progress bar.
isEnabled()
Returns a boolean value indicating whether the progress bar is enabled.
13.8.6. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.ProgressBar
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIProgressBar
• component-family: org.richfaces.ProgressBar
242
Style classes and skin parameters
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.ProgressBarRenderer
13.8.7. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 13.6. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-pb-lbl
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for labels on the progress
bar.
.rf-pb-prgs
panelBorderColor
This class defines styles
selectControlColor
for the progressed portion
of the progress bar.
.rf-pb-init, .rf-pb-fin
These classes define
styles for the initial state
and finished state.
border-color
background-color
generalTextColor
color
generalFamilyFont
font-family
generalSizeFont
font-size
13.9. &lt;rich:tooltip&gt;
The &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; component provides an informational tool-tip. The tool-tip can be attached
to any control and is displayed when hovering the mouse cursor over the control.
Figure 13.9. &lt;rich:tooltip&gt;
13.9.1. Basic usage
For basic usage, define the tool-tip text using the value attribute. The &lt;rich:tooltip&gt;
component is then automatically attached to the parent element, and is usually shown when the
mouse cursor hovers.
Alternatively, the content of the tool-tip can be defined inside the &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; tags, and the
value attribute is not used. This allows HTML tags to be used to define the content, and provides
for rich content such as images, links, buttons, and other RichFaces components.
Example 13.10. Defining tool-tip content
Basic content
243
Chapter 13. Output and messages
&lt;rich:panel&gt;
&lt;rich:tooltip value=&quot;This is a tool-tip.&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
Rich content
&lt;rich:panel&gt;
&lt;rich:tooltip&gt;
This is a &lt;b&gt;tool-tip&lt;/b&gt;.
&lt;/rich:tooltip&gt;
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
13.9.2. Attaching the tool-tip to another component
If not otherwise specified, the tool-tip is attached to the parent element in which it is defined.
The target attribute is used to attach the tool-tip to another component, pointing to the target
component’s id identifier. This allows the &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; component to be specified outside the
target element. This approach is demonstrated in Example 13.11, “Attaching the tool-tip”.
Example 13.11. Attaching the tool-tip
&lt;rich:panel id=&quot;panelId&quot;&gt;
...
&lt;/rich:panel&gt;
&lt;rich:tooltip value=&quot;This is a tool-tip.&quot; target=&quot;panelId&quot;/&gt;
The &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; component can alternatively be left unattached, and is instead invoked
through an event handler on the target component. To leave the &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; component
unattached, set attached=&quot;false&quot;, and define the event handler to trigger the tool-tip on the
target component. This approach is demonstrated in Example 13.12, “Unattached tool-tips”. When
leaving the &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; component unattached, ensure it has an id identifier defined. If it is
defined outside the target element, it must be nested in an &lt;h:form&gt; component.
Example 13.12. Unattached tool-tips
&lt;rich:panel id=&quot;panelId&quot; onclick=&quot;#{rich:component('tooltipId')}.show(event);&quot; /
&gt;
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;rich:tooltip id=&quot;toolTipId&quot; attached=&quot;false&quot; value=&quot;This is a tool-tip.&quot;/&gt;
244
Appearance
&lt;/h:form&gt;
13.9.3. Appearance
By default, the &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; component is positioned intelligently based on the position of
the mouse cursor. Use the jointPoint attribute to specify a corner of the target component
at which to display the tool-tip instead, and use the direction attribute to specify the direction
the tool-tip will appear relative to that corner. Possible values for both attributes are: auto,
autoLeft, autoRight, bottomAuto, bottomLeft, bottomRight, topAuto, topLeft, topRight.
Use the horizontalOffset and verticalOffset attributes to specify the horizontal offset and
vertical offset at which to display the tool-tip.
Use the showEvent attribute to specify when the tool-tip is shown. By default it appears when
the attached component is hovered-over with the mouse. Use the hideEvent attribute to specify
when the tool-tip is hidden. The default value is none, so the tool-tip remains shown. However, it
can be linked to an event on the target component, such as the mouseout event.
Set followMouse=&quot;true&quot; to cause the tool-tip to follow the user’s mouse movements.
Advanced appearance features are demonstrated in Example 13.13, “Advanced tool-tip usage”.
13.9.4. Update mode
The mode for updating the tool-tip is determined by the mode attribute, which can have one of
the following values:
ajax
The tool-tip content is requested from the server with every activation.
client
The tool-tip content is rendered once on the server. An external submit causes the content
to re-render.
When using mode=&quot;ajax&quot;, define the loading facet. The tool-tip displays the content of the
loading facet while loading the actual content from the server.
Example 13.13. Advanced tool-tip usage
&lt;h:commandLink value=&quot;Simple Link&quot; id=&quot;link&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:tooltip followMouse=&quot;true&quot; direction=&quot;topRight&quot; mode=&quot;ajax&quot; value=&quot;#{bean.toolTipConten
horizontalOffset=&quot;5&quot; verticalOffset=&quot;5&quot; layout=&quot;block&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:facet name=&quot;loading&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:verbatim&gt;Loading...&lt;/f:verbatim&gt;
&lt;/f:facet&gt;
&lt;/rich:tooltip&gt;
245
Chapter 13. Output and messages
&lt;/h:commandLink&gt;
13.9.5. &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; client-side events
The &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; component supports the following client-side events:
click
This event is activated when the tool-tip is clicked with the mouse.
dblclick
This event is activated when the tool-tip is double-clicked with the mouse.
mouseout
This event is activated when the mouse cursor leaves the tool-tip.
mousemove
This event is activated when the mouse cursor moves over the tool-tip.
mouseover
This event is activated when the mouse cursor hovers over the tool-tip.
show
This event is activated when the tool-tip is shown.
complete
This event is activated when the tool-tip is completed.
hide
This event is activated when the tool-tip is hidden.
13.9.6. JavaScript API
The &lt;rich:tooltip&gt; component can be controlled through the JavaScript API. The JavaScript
API provides the following functions:
show(event)
Show the tool-tip.
hide()
Hide the tool-tip.
13.9.7. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Tooltip
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UITooltip
246
Style classes and skin parameters
• component-family: org.richfaces.Tooltip
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.TooltipRenderer
13.9.8. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 13.7. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
.rf-tt
No skin parameters.
Mapped CSS properties
This class defines styles
for the tool-tip itself.
.rf-tt-loading
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the tool-tip when it is
loading.
.rf-tt-cnt
No skin parameters.
This class defines styles
for the tool-tip content.
.rf-tt-cntr
tipBorderColor
This class defines styles
generalFamilyFont
for the progressed portion
generalSizeFont
of the progress bar.
border-color
font-family
font-size
247
248
Chapter 14.
Drag and drop
Read this chapter for details on adding drag and drop support to controls.
14.1. &lt;rich:dragSource&gt;
The &lt;rich:dragSource&gt; component can be added to a component to indicate it is capable of
being dragged by the user. The dragged item can then be dropped into a compatible drop area,
designated using the &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt; component.
14.1.1. Basic usage
To add drag support to a component, attach the &lt;rich:dragSource&gt; component as a child
element.
The type attribute must be specified, and can be any identifying string. Dragged items can only be
dropped in drop zones where the type attribute of the &lt;rich:dragSource&gt; component is listed
in the acceptedTypes attribute of the &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt; component.
14.1.2. Dragging an object
Use the dragIndicator parameter to customize the appearance of a dragged object while
it is being dragged. The dragIndicator parameter must point to the id identifier of a
&lt;rich:dragIndicator&gt; component. If the dragIndicator attribute is not defined, the drag
indicator appears as a clone of the &lt;rich:dragSource&gt; component’s parent control.
To bind data to the dragged object, use the dragValue attribute. The dragValue attribute specifies
a server-side object, which is then bound to the parent component when it is dragged. This
facilitates handling event data during a drop event.
14.1.2.1. DragIndicator customization
Use the dragOptions parameter to further customize the appearance and behavior of the
dragIndicator.
&lt;h:outputScript&gt;
opts = {
helper: function () {
return $(&quot;#indicator&quot;).clone();
},
cursorAt: {
left: 5,
top: 5
}
}
&lt;/h:outputScript&gt;
249
Chapter 14. Drag and drop
&lt;rich:dragSource dragOptions=&quot;opts&quot; /&gt;
For full list of options see the jQuery.draggable documentation [http://api.jqueryui.com/draggable/
].
14.1.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.DragSource
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIDragSource
• component-family: org.richfaces.DragSource
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.DragSourceRenderer
14.2. &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt;
The &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt; component can be added to a component so that the component can
accept dragged items. The dragged items must be defined with a compatible drop type for the
&lt;rich:dragSource&gt; component.
14.2.1. Basic usage
To allow dragged items to be dropped on a component, attach the &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt;
component as a child element to the component.
The acceptedTypes attribute must be specified. The acceptedTypes attribute is a commaseparated list of strings that match the types of dragged items. Dragged items can only be dropped
in drop zones where the type attribute of the &lt;rich:dragSource&gt; component is listed in the
acceptedTypes attribute of the &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt; component.
The acceptedTypes attribute can optionally be set to either @none or @all. If set to @none, the
component will not accept any type of dropped object. If set to @all, the component accepts all
dropped objects. If the acceptedTypes attribute is not specified, the default value is null, which
is the same as a @none setting.
14.2.2. Handling dropped data
To provide additional parameters for the server-side drop event, use the dropValue attribute.
The &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt; component raises the DropEvent server-side event when an object is
dropped. The event uses the following parameters:
• The
dragSource
identifies
the
&lt;rich:dragSource&gt; component).
250
component
being
dragged
(the
parent
of
the
Reference data
• The dragValue parameter is the content of the &lt;rich:dragSource&gt; component’s dragValue
attribute.
• The dropValue parameter is the content of the &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt; component’s dropValue
attribute.
14.2.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.DropTarget
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIDropTarget
• component-family: org.richfaces.DropTarget
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.DropTargetRenderer
• handler-class: org.richfaces.view.facelets.DropHandler
14.2.4. Style classes
Style classes (selectors)
.rf-drp-hvr
This class defines styles for the drop target when a dragged item is hovering over it.
.rf-drp-hlight
This class defines styles for a highlighted drop target.
14.3. &lt;rich:dragIndicator&gt;
The &lt;rich:dragIndicator&gt; component defines a graphical element to display under the mouse
cursor during a drag-and-drop operation.
14.3.1. Basic usage
To use a drag indicator, define the inner content that appears during a drag event. No additional
attributes are required. If a drag indicator is not used, a clone of the drag source is used instead.
14.3.2. Styling the indicator
The drag indicator can be styled depending on the current state of the dragged element. There
are three attributes for different states. The attributes reference the CSS class to use for styling
the drag indicator when the dragged element is in the relevant state.
acceptClass
The acceptClass attribute specifies the style when the dragged element is over an acceptable
drop target. It indicates that the type attribute of the element’s &lt;rich:dragSource&gt;
251
Chapter 14. Drag and drop
component matches acceptedTypes attribute of the drop target’s &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt;
component.
rejectClass
The rejectClass attribute specifies the style when the dragged element is over a
drop target that is not acceptable. It indicates that the type attribute of the element’s
&lt;rich:dragSource&gt; component is not found in the acceptedTypes attribute of the drop
target’s &lt;rich:dropTarget&gt; component.
draggingClass
The draggingClass attribute specifies the style when the dragged element is being dragged.
It indicates that the dragged element is not over a drop target.
14.3.3. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.DragIndicator
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIDragIndicator
• component-family: org.richfaces.DragIndicator
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.DragIndicatorRenderer
14.3.4. Style classes
Style classes (selectors)
.rf-ind
This class defines styles for the drag indicator.
.rf-ind-drag.accept
This class defines styles for the indicator when it is over an acceptable drop target.
.rf-ind-drag.reject
This class defines styles for the indicator when it is over an unacceptable drop target.
.rf-ind-drag.default
This class defines styles for the indicator when it is being dragged, and is not over any drop
targets.
252
Chapter 15.
Layout and appearance
Read this chapter to alter the layout and appearance of web applications using special
components.
15.1. &lt;rich:jQuery&gt;
The &lt;rich:jQuery&gt; component applies styles and custom behavior to both JSF (JavaServer
Faces) objects and regular DOM (Document Object Model) objects. It uses the jQueryJavaScript
framework to add functionality to web applications.
15.1.1. Basic usage
The query triggered by the &lt;rich:jQuery&gt; component is specified using the query attribute.
With the query defined, the component is used to trigger the query as either a timed queryor a
named query. The query can be bound to an event to act as an event handler. These different
approaches are covered in the following sections.
15.1.2. Defining a selector
Any objects or lists of objects used in the query are specified using the selector attribute. The
selector attribute references objects using the following method:
• The selector attribute can refer to the elements by using syntax of the jQuery Selectors
(a superset of CSS selectors defined by W3C consortium) and additionally it expands JSF
component IDs to client-side IDs (see the VDL documentation for the selector attribute).
• If the selector attribute does not match the id identifier attribute of any JSF components
or clients on the page, it instead uses syntax defined by the World Wide Web Consortium
(W3C)for the CSS rule selector. Refer to the syntax specification at http://api.jquery.com/
category/selectors/ for full details.
Because the selector attribute can be either an id identifier attribute or CSS selector syntax,
conflicting values could arise. Example 15.1, “Avoiding syntax confusion” demonstrates how to
use double backslashes to escape colon characters in id identifier values.
Example 15.1. Avoiding syntax confusion
&lt;h:form id=&quot;form&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:panelGrid id=&quot;menu&quot;&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;pic1.jpg&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage value=&quot;pic2.jpg&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:panelGrid&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
253
Chapter 15. Layout and appearance
The id identifier for the &lt;h:panelGrid&gt; element is form:menu, which can conflict with CSS
selector syntax. Double backslashes can be used to escape the colon character such that the
identifier is read correctly instead of being interpreted as CSS selector syntax.
&lt;rich:jQuery selector=&quot;#form\\:menu img&quot; query=&quot;...&quot; /&gt;
15.1.3. Event handlers
Queries set as event handlers are triggered when the component specified in the selector
attribute raises an event. The query is bound to the event defined using the event attribute.
Use the attachType attribute to specify how the event-handling queries are attached to the events:
bind
This is the default for attaching queries to events. The event handler is bound to all elements
currently defined by the selector attribute.
live
The event handler is bound to all current and future elements defined by the selector
attribute.
one
The event handler is bound to all elements currently defined by the selector attribute. After
the first invocation of the event, the event handler is unbound such that it no longer fires when
the event is raised.
15.1.4. Timed queries
Timed queries are triggered at specified times. This can be useful for calling simple methods when
a page is rendered, or for adding specific functionality to an element. Use the timing attribute to
specify the point at which the timed query is triggered:
domready
This is the default behavior. The query is triggered when the document is loaded and the DOM
is ready. The query is called as a jQuery() function.
immediate
The query is triggered immediately. The query is called as an in-line script.
Example 15.2. &lt;rich:jQuery&gt; example
&lt;rich:dataTable id=&quot;customList&quot; ... &gt;
...
&lt;/rich:dataTable&gt;
254
Named queries
&lt;rich:jQuery
tr:odd&quot; timing=&quot;domready&quot; query=&quot;addClass(odd)&quot; /&gt;
selector=&quot;#customList
In the example, the selector picks out the odd &lt;tr&gt; elements that are children of the element
with an id=&quot;customlist&quot; attribute. The query addClass(odd) is then performed on the selection
during page loading ( load) such that the odd CSS class is added to the selected elements.
Figure 15.1.
15.1.5. Named queries
Named queries are given a name such that they can be triggered by other functions or handlers.
Use the name attribute to name the query. The query can then be accessed as though it were a
JavaScript function using the specified name attribute as the function name.
Calls to the function must pass a direct reference ( this) to the calling object as a parameter. This
is treated the same as an item defined through the selector attribute.
If the function requires extra parameters itself, these are provided in JavaScript Object Notation
(JSON) syntax as a second parameter in the JavaScript call. The options namespace is then used
in the &lt;rich:jQuery&gt; query to access the passed function parameters. Example 15.3, “Calling
a &lt;rich:jQuery&gt; component as a function” demonstrates the use of the name attribute and how to
pass function parameters through the JavaScript calls.
Example 15.3. Calling a &lt;rich:jQuery&gt; component as a function
&lt;h:graphicImage
width=&quot;50&quot;
value=&quot;/images/
price.png&quot;
onmouseover=&quot;enlargePic(this,
{pwidth:'60px'})&quot;
onmouseout=&quot;releasePic(this)&quot;
/
&gt;
&lt;h:graphicImage
width=&quot;50&quot;
value=&quot;/images/
discount.png&quot;
onmouseover=&quot;enlargePic(this,
{pwidth:'100px'})&quot;
onmouseout=&quot;releasePic(this)&quot;
/
&gt;
...
255
Chapter 15. Layout and appearance
&lt;rich:jQuery name=&quot;enlargePic&quot; query=&quot;animate({width:options.pwidth})&quot; /&gt;
&lt;rich:jQuery name=&quot;releasePic&quot; query=&quot;animate({width:'50px'})&quot;/&gt;
The example enlarges the images when the mouse moves over them. The enlargePic and
releasePic components are called like ordinary JavaScript functions from the image elements.
15.1.6. Dynamic rendering
The &lt;rich:jQuery&gt; component applies style and behavioral changes to DOM objects
dynamically. As such, changes applied during an Ajax response are overwritten, and will need to
be re-applied once the Ajax response is complete.
Any timed queries with the timing attribute set to domready may not update during an Ajax
response, as the DOM document is not completely reloaded. To ensure the query is re-applied
after an Ajax response, include the name attribute in the &lt;rich:jQuery&gt; component and invoke
it using JavaScript from the complete event attribute of the component that triggered the Ajax
interaction.
15.1.7. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.JQuery
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIJQuery
• component-family: org.richfaces.JQuery
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.JQueryRenderer
256
Chapter 16.
Functions
Read this chapter for details on special functions for use with particular components. Using
JavaServer Faces Expression Language ( JSF EL), these functions can be accessed through the
data attribute of components. Refer to Section 2.4.4.1, “data” for details on the data attribute.
16.1. rich:clientId
The rich:clientId('id') function returns the client identifier related to the passed component
identifier ('id'). If the specified component identifier is not found, null is returned instead.
16.2. rich:component
The rich:component('id') function is equivalent to the RichFaces.component('clientId')
code. It returns the client object instance based on the passed server-side component identifier
( 'id'). If the specified component identifier is not found, null is returned instead. The function
can be used to get an object from a component to call a JavaScript API function without using the
&lt;rich:componentControl&gt; component.
16.3. rich:element
The
shortcut
for
the
equivalent
document.getElementById(#{rich:clientId('id')}) code. It returns the element from the
client, based on the passed server-side component identifier. If the specified component identifier
is not found, null is returned instead.
rich:element('id')
function
is
a
16.4. rich:jQuery
The
function
is
a
shortcut
for
the
equivalent
jQuery('##{rich:clientId('id')}) code. It returns the jQuery object for the element located
by the passed server-side component identifier. If the specified component identifier is not found,
null is returned instead.
rich:jQuery('id')
16.5. rich:findComponent
The rich:findComponent('id') function returns the a UIComponent instance of the passed
component identifier. If the specified component identifier is not found, null is returned instead.
Example 16.1. rich:findComponent example
&lt;h:inputText id=&quot;myInput&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:support event=&quot;keyup&quot; render=&quot;outtext&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
257
Chapter 16. Functions
&lt;h:outputText id=&quot;outtext&quot; value=&quot;#{rich:findComponent('myInput').value}&quot; /&gt;
16.6. rich:isUserInRole
The rich:isUserInRole(Object) function checks whether the logged-in user belongs to a
certain user role, such as being an administrator. User roles are defined in the web.xml settings
file.
Example 16.2. rich:isUserInRole example
The rich:isUserInRole(Object) function can be used in conjunction with the rendered
attribute of a component to only display certain controls to authorized users.
&lt;rich:editor value=&quot;#{bean.text}&quot; rendered=&quot;#{rich:isUserInRole('admin')}&quot;/&gt;
258
Chapter 17.
Functionality extension
Read this chapter for details on miscellaneous components that provide extended functionality
to web applications.
17.1. &lt;rich:componentControl&gt;
The &lt;rich:componentControl&gt; behavior allows JavaScript API functions to be called on target
components. The functions are called after defined events are triggered on the component to with
the &lt;rich:componentControl&gt; behavior is attached. Initialization variants and activation events
can be customized, and parameters can be passed to the target component.
17.1.1. Basic usage
The operation attribute is required to attach JavaScript functions to the parent component,
along with either the target or selector attributes. Use the operation attribute to specify the
JavaScript API function to perform. Use the target attribute to define the id identifier of the target
component, or use the selector attribute to define a number of target components through the
use of valid jQuery selectors.
Use the event attribute to specify the event that triggers the JavaScript API function call if it is
different from the default triggering event for the parent component.
Example 17.1. &lt;rich:componentControl&gt; basic usage
&lt;h:commandButton value=&quot;Show Modal Panel&quot;&gt;
&lt;!--componentControl is attached to the commandButton--&gt;
&lt;rich:componentControl target=&quot;ccModalPanelID&quot; event=&quot;click&quot; operation=&quot;show&quot;/
&gt;
&lt;/h:commandButton&gt;
The example contains a single command button, which when clicked shows the modal panel with
the identifier ccModalPanelID.
17.1.2. Passing parameters to API methods
The operation can receive parameters through nested &lt;f:param&gt; elements.
Example 17.2. Using parameters
&lt;rich:componentControl event=&quot;click&quot; target=&quot;modalPanel&quot; operation=&quot;show&quot;&gt;
&lt;f:param value=&quot;width&quot; name=&quot;500&quot;/&gt;
259
Chapter 17. Functionality ext...
&lt;/rich:componentControl&gt;
To group multiple parameters for a function, use the &lt;rich:hashParam&gt; component to create a
hash map. Refer to Section 17.4, “&lt;rich:hashParam&gt;” for details.
17.1.3. Reference data
• client-behavior-renderer-type: org.richfaces.behavior.ComponentControlBehavior
• behavior-id: org.richfaces.behavior.ComponentControlBehavior
• handler-class: org.richfaces.taglib.ComponentControlHandler
• behavior-class: org.richfaces.component.behavior.ComponentControlBehavior
• client-behavior-renderer-class:
org.richfaces.renderkit.html.ToggleControlRenderer
17.2. &lt;rich:focus&gt;
The &lt;rich:focus&gt; component allows one to manipulate the focus of components on a page. It
is intended to be used with any input field.
17.2.1. Placement
The component will behave differently when placed:
• in a form - defines behavior for components in the given form
• in a view (outside of forms) - defines behavior for components in all forms in the view
There can be only one focus per form.
If both, form- and view-based focuses are defined, the form one takes a priority.
17.2.2. Applying Focus
The focus is applied each time it is rendered - either on form submission or after an AJAX request.
Only focuses inside the form which is submitted are applied.
You can turn focusing-after-AJAX-requests off by setting the ajaxRendered attribute to false.
17.2.3. Validation-Aware
The &lt;rich:focus&gt; component reflects the results of validation of components in a view. Focus
is given to the first input component in the page which is invalid.
If all components are valid, then first component in the form is focused.
260
Preserving Focus
The order of input components is determined on the client-side and reflects the tabindex and
position in the page. You can prioritize the focusing of a specific component by increasing its
tabindex.
You can turn validation awareness off by setting the validationAware attribute to false.
Figure 17.1. Validation-aware &lt;rich:focus&gt;
17.2.4. Preserving Focus
Focus can be configured to keep focus on the input component which had focus before sending
the JSF request (using either AJAX or form submission).
Example 17.3. &lt;rich:focus&gt; preserving focus
&lt;h:form&gt;
&lt;rich:focus preserve=&quot;true&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputText id=&quot;query&quot; value=&quot;#{query}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;a4j:commandButton value=&quot;Search&quot; render=&quot;output&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:outputText value=&quot;Searched query:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:outputText id=&quot;output&quot; value=&quot;#{query}&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:form&gt;
In the example above, everytime the user hits Search (or hits enter), the focus is given back to
the query input after the request.
This configuration will take priority over any other focus setup.
17.2.5. Delaying Focus
In certain situations, focus needs to be applied with a delay - once suitable conditions are met.
By configuring a focus with the attribute delayed to true, the focus won’t be applied on initial
page request.
261
Chapter 17. Functionality ext...
Then it is possible to call the applyFocus() JavaScript API method in order to let the focus be
applied.
17.2.6. Focus Manager
For a situation when none of the options above help one to achieve the desired focus behavior,
one can use the server-side component FocusManager.
A component focus chosen by the FocusManager will take priority over any focus configuration.
Example 17.4. &lt;rich:focus&gt; preserving focus
FocusManager focusManager = ServiceTracker.getService(FocusManager.class);
focusManager.focus(&quot;input2&quot;);
If the target component is inside an iteration component such as &lt;rich:dataTable&gt; or
&lt;ui:repeat&gt; the string passed to the focus method has to include a part of the full id containing
the row number, starting with a separator (by default &quot;:&quot;)
focusManager.focus(&quot;:2:input&quot;);
17.2.7. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Focus
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIFocus
• component-family: org.richfaces.Focus
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.FocusRenderer
17.3. &lt;rich:hotKey&gt;
The &lt;rich:hotKey&gt; component allows one to register hot keys for the page or particular elements
and to define client-side processing functions for these keys.
17.3.1. Basic usage
There are two ways to register &lt;rich:hotKey&gt;:
• place it anywhere on the page. In this case the &lt;rich:hotKey&gt; component is attached to the
whole page. This is the default scenario.
• attach it to specific elements by defining the selector attribute. This attribute uses the syntax of
the jQuery Selectors (a superset of CSS selectors defined by W3C consortium) and additionally
262
Event processing
it expands JSF component IDs to client-side IDs (see the VDL documentation for the selector
attribute).
The key attribute defines the hot key itself, which is processed by the component.
The key sequences can be defined using a &quot; +&quot; key separator. The key sequence modifiers needs
to be defined in alphabetical order, e.g. alt+ctrl+shift.
Hot key processing can be disabled by setting rendered to false.
Example 17.5. &lt;rich:hotKey&gt; basic usage
&lt;rich:hotKey key=&quot;ctrl+z&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:componentControl target=&quot;popup&quot; operation=&quot;show&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:hotKey&gt;
&lt;rich:popupPanel id=&quot;popup&quot;&gt;
...
&lt;/rich:popupPanel&gt;
The example contains &lt;rich:hotKey&gt; which handles the Ctrl+Z key sequence on the whole
page. When the key sequence is pressed, the &lt;rich:popupPanel&gt; is displayed.
17.3.2. Event processing
The enabledInInput attribute enables the hot key event processing when form inputs are
focused. This attribute is false by default.
The preventDefault attribute specifies whether the hot key binding should prevent default
browser-specific actions to be taken (e.g. Ctrl+A hot key selecting all available text, Ctrl+B
opening bookmarks bar, etc.). This attribute has a default value of true.
Cross-browser support for preventing default actions
Even though RichFaces instructs the browser to prevent the default action, browser
implementations do not support preventing browser’s native actions for selected
key combinations.
Although the inability to prevent default action is not usual, you may experience
that both the programatically-defined action and the browser’s native action are
triggered (e.g. native popup appears).
To keep an application accessible, it is convenient to not depend on hot keys or
hot key combinations heavily. Best practice is using a hot key only as shortcut for
a given action.
263
Chapter 17. Functionality ext...
17.3.3. Event handlers
The following event handlers could be used to trigger client-side behaviors or to invoke javascript
directly:
• keydown (default event) is fired when the hot key sequence is initiated (the keys are down)
• keyup is fired when the hot key sequence is finished (the keys are up)
Example 17.6. &lt;rich:hotKey&gt; event handlers
&lt;rich:hotKey key=&quot;ctrl+a&quot; onkeyup=&quot;alert('Ctrl+A was pressed')&quot; /&gt;
Hot Key in Editor
The &lt;rich:editor&gt; uses &lt;iframe&gt; for the editable area.
The &lt;iframe&gt; doesn’t allow one to propagate events outside of the
&lt;rich:editor&gt;, making &lt;rich:hotKey&gt; unusable for handling events from
&lt;rich:editor&gt;.
The CKEditor specific event handling mechanism should be used instead.
17.3.4. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.HotKey
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIHotKey
• component-family: org.richfaces.HotKey
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.HotKeyRenderer
17.4. &lt;rich:hashParam&gt;
The &lt;rich:hashParam&gt; component allows client-side parameters to be grouped into a hash
map. The hash map can then be passed to the client JavaScript API functions of any RichFaces
component.
17.4.1. Basic usage
Nest parameter tags in the &lt;rich:hashParam&gt; component to group them in the hash map. The
hash map itself can then be passed as a function parameter.
264
Reference data
Example 17.7. &lt;rich:hashParam&gt;
&lt;h:commandButton value=&quot;Show popup&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:componentControl target=&quot;popupPanel&quot; operation=&quot;show&quot;&gt;
&lt;a4j:param noEscape=&quot;true&quot; value=&quot;event&quot; /&gt;
&lt;rich:hashParam&gt;
&lt;f:param name=&quot;width&quot; value=&quot;500&quot; /&gt;
&lt;f:param name=&quot;height&quot; value=&quot;300&quot; /&gt;
&lt;f:param name=&quot;minWidth&quot; value=&quot;300&quot; /&gt;
&lt;f:param name=&quot;minHeight&quot; value=&quot;150&quot; /&gt;
&lt;a4j:param noEscape=&quot;true&quot; name=&quot;left&quot; value=&quot;(jQuery(window).width()/2)-250&quot; /
&gt;
&lt;a4j:param noEscape=&quot;true&quot; name=&quot;top&quot; value=&quot;(jQuery(window).height()/2)-150&quot; /
&gt;
&lt;/rich:hashParam&gt;
&lt;/rich:componentControl&gt;
&lt;/h:commandButton&gt;
The example illustrates the use of the &lt;rich:hashParam&gt; component to group multiple
parameters into a hash map. The parameters are passed through to the show function pop-up
panel with the popupPanel identifier.
17.4.2. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.HashParameter
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIHashParameter
• component-family: org.richfaces.HashParameter
• handler-class: javax.faces.view.facelets.ComponentHandler
17.5. &lt;rich:placeholder&gt;
The &lt;rich:placeholder&gt; component allows one to use functionality similar to the HTML5
placeholder attribute for input components.
This component brings a backward compatibility for HTML5 non-compliant browsers and some
additional features:
• per-component styling using styleClass attribute
• application to multiple components at once using selector attribute
265
Chapter 17. Functionality ext...
Example 17.8. &lt;rich:placeholder&gt; with input components
&lt;h:outputLabel value=&quot;Input text:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputText id=&quot;input&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:placeholder value=&quot;Type text here...&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:inputText&gt;
&lt;h:outputLabel value=&quot;Textarea:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;h:inputTextarea id=&quot;textarea&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:placeholder value=&quot;A space for long content...&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/h:inputTextarea&gt;
&lt;h:outputLabel value=&quot;Date:&quot; /&gt;
&lt;rich:calendar datePattern=&quot;dd/M/yyyy&quot; enableManualInput=&quot;true&quot;&gt;
&lt;rich:placeholder value=&quot;dd/mm/yyyy&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/rich:calendar&gt;
Figure 17.2. &lt;rich:placeholder&gt;
17.5.1. Reference data
• component-type: org.richfaces.Placeholder
• component-class: org.richfaces.component.UIPlaceholder
• component-family: org.richfaces.Placeholder
• renderer-type: org.richfaces.PlaceholderRenderer
17.5.2. Style classes and skin parameters
Table 17.1. Style classes (selectors) and corresponding skin parameters
Class (selector)
.rf-plhdr
This class identifies
which input elements
266
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
Style classes and skin parameters
Class (selector)
Skin Parameters
Mapped CSS properties
have their placeholder
text managed by the
placeholder component.
Use this class to apply
custom styles to the
placeholder text.
267
268
Appendix A. Revision History
Revision History
Revision 1.0
4.0.0.Final Release
Revision 1.1
4.1.0.Final Release
Revision 1.2
4.2.0.Final Release
Mon Apr 11 2011
Sean Rogers
Wed Nov 16 2011
Brian Leathem , Lukas Fryc
Wed Feb 22 2011
Brian Leathem , Lukas Fryc
269
270
">
Zdravo! Ja sam AI chatbot posebno obučen da vam pomogne sa Red Hat 4 RichFaces Component Reference. Detaljno sam pregledao dokument i mogu vam pomoći da pronađete tačne informacije koje su vam potrebne ili da objasnim sadržaj na jasan i jednostavan način. Bez obzira da li tražite smernice o specifičnim funkcijama, koracima za rešavanje problema ili opštoj upotrebi, slobodno postavite svoja pitanja. Što više detalja pružite o svojim problemima ili potrebama, to ću preciznije i efikasnije moći da vam pomognem!
Asistent kuca
Asistent nije dostupan. Molimo vas, pokušajte ponovo kasnije.
Izgleda da ste došli do dokumenta koji je napisan na više jezika, uključujući i onaj koji nije vaš maternji jezik. Možete koristiti sledeće linkove da privremeno sakrijete stranice bez jezika koji preferirate.